summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/55526-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/55526-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/55526-8.txt7134
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7134 deletions
diff --git a/old/55526-8.txt b/old/55526-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4464cb7..0000000
--- a/old/55526-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7134 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Law of the Bolo, by Stanley Portal Hyatt
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: The Law of the Bolo
-
-Author: Stanley Portal Hyatt
-
-Release Date: September 11, 2017 [EBook #55526]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LAW OF THE BOLO ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
-Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously
-made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- THE LAW OF THE BOLO
-
- BY
-
- STANLEY PORTAL HYATT
-
-
- DANA ESTES & COMPANY
- BOSTON
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAP. PAGE
-
- I. HOW FELIZARDO TOOK TO THE HILLS 1
- II. HOW THE CORPORAL WENT BACK TO SPAIN 22
- III. HOW CAPTAIN BASIL HAYLE WENT TO THE MOUNTAINS 42
- IV. HOW MRS BUSH HEARD OF THE LAW OF THE BOLO 68
- V. HOW MR COMMISSIONER GUMPERTZ AND MR JOSEPH
- GOBBITT TALKED OF HIGH FINANCE 96
- VI. CONCERNING MR JOSEPH GOBBITT, CAPTAIN BASIL
- HAYLE, AND THE HEAD OF ALBERT DUNK 114
- VII. HOW THEY REBUILT THE GALLOWS AT CALOCAN 138
- VIII. HOW MR COMMISSIONER FURBER MET FELIZARDO 180
- IX. HOW MR COMMISSIONER GUMPERTZ OFFERED A REWARD 208
- X. HOW FELIZARDO WENT BACK TO SAN POLYCARPIO 221
- XI. HOW THE BOLO OF FELIZARDO CUT A KNOT 238
- XII. HOW FELIZARDO MADE PEACE 264
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-FOREWORD
-
-
-The Law of the Bolo, which runs throughout the Philippine Islands,
-has the crowning merit of simplicity. Unlike the codes of other
-countries, with their folios of verbiage, their precedents, decisions,
-and interpretations, their hair-splitting subtleties and refinements
-of phrase, their hidden dangers for the unwary and unfortunate,
-the Law of the Bolo, of the terrible two-foot-long knife, with which
-a Filipino can cleave his enemy from collar-bone to the waist, has
-but one clause--that the spoil shall go to the man with the longest
-reach. Possibly the process is crude, but, at least, it is speedy and
-final. Judge, jury, counsel, the Bolo takes the place of all these;
-and there is no appeal, at any rate in this life.
-
-The Law of the Bolo has also the merit of antiquity. It was in force
-when the Spaniards annexed the Archipelago; it is in force there
-to-day, under the American successors of the Spaniards; and probably it
-will still be in force when, not only this generation, but half a dozen
-of its successors as well, have passed away--not because it is perfect,
-no law is, but because it is so admirably suited to local conditions.
-
-Half the troubles in the Islands during the last century or so--a great
-many more than half, probably--have been due to the fact that white men
-would not recognise this elemental code. Mr Commissioner Furber, the
-head of the department of Constabulary and Trade in Manila, regarded it
-as scandalous, as did also Mr Dwight P. Sharler, the Chief Collector
-of Customs, and Mr Joseph Gobbitt, of the British firm of Gobbitt &
-Dunk, Eastern merchants; but both old Felizardo, the ladrone leader,
-and Captain Basil Hayle of the Philippines Constabulary, understood
-it, and acted on that knowledge, thereby avoiding many mistakes,
-as this story will show....
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-THE LAW OF THE BOLO
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-HOW FELIZARDO TOOK TO THE HILLS
-
-
-Felizardo was sixty years of age, a wizened little man, quiet of voice,
-emphatic of gesture, when the Americans displaced the Spaniards, and
-began to preach the doctrines of Law and Order, coupled with those of
-Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity, as defined by the Declaration of
-Independence. In appearance, Felizardo was not unlike a Japanese, being
-purely Asiatic by descent; but, so far as essential characteristics,
-were concerned, he was a son of the Tropics, with the qualities of
-his kind.
-
-For all practical purposes, Felizardo's history begins thirty-five
-years before the coming of the Americans. Up till that point in
-his career, he had been an ordinary tao, one of the peasantry
-of a village some ten miles from Manila, outwardly apathetic and
-inoffensive, respecting, or at least fearing, the Law as represented
-by the Presidente and the Guardia Civil, and earning such money
-as he needed--which was not much--by an occasional day's work in
-his hemp-patch up on the mountain-side. For the rest, he fished
-when he had sufficient energy, or was sufficiently hungry so to do,
-or gathered cocoa-nuts in the grove which stretched for a couple of
-miles along the sea-shore. Then, suddenly, Dolores Lasara came into
-his life, and his character developed.
-
-Dolores was the daughter of Juan Lasara, the Teniente of San
-Polycarpio, the next village to that in which Felizardo had been born
-and bred. Rumour in the village, which possibly spoke the truth,
-declared that Juan was connected with the local band of ladrones,
-and, as that body enjoyed a degree of immunity unusual even in the
-Philippines, there may have been grounds for the suspicion.
-
-Juan Lasara was a mestizo, a half-caste, and Dolores herself showed
-strong traces of her white ancestry. Felizardo, on the other hand,
-was a native pure and simple, and, unlike most of his kind, prided
-himself on the fact.
-
-Dolores and Felizardo first met after a fiesta, the feast of the
-patron saint of San Polycarpio. The girl, clad all in white, was
-walking in the procession round the plaza, following closely in the
-wake of the stout priest and the gaudily-painted image, when the man,
-lounging against the timbers of the crude belfry, smoking the eternal
-cigarette, suddenly awakened to the fact that there were other things
-in life besides tobacco and native spirits and game-cocks. He did not
-follow Dolores into the church--that would have involved abstention
-from several cigarettes, and would, to his mind, have served no useful
-purpose--but he waited outside patiently, and, when she emerged,
-followed her home, where he made the acquaintance of her father,
-whom he knew well by sight.
-
-Juan Lasara, the Teniente of San Polycarpio, was a very able man, as
-his hidden store of greasy Bank of Spain notes would have told you,
-if you had been able to unearth them from the hiding-place up on the
-mountain-side; and, being able, he realised that there were latent
-possibilities in the rather shy young tao who was so obviously taken
-with Dolores; consequently, he was perfectly ready to let the girl
-accompany Felizardo down to the cockpit to see the fights, which,
-as every Filipino knows, are the most important part of a religious
-festival.
-
-The Teniente saw the young people off from the veranda of his house,
-the only stone-built one in San Polycarpio; then he went back to his
-office, where presently there came to him Father Pablo, the parish
-priest, also a mestizo, and Cinicio Dagujob, a fierce little man,
-with two bolos strapped on his waist. The last-named had come in,
-unostentatiously, from the jungle behind the house, after the two
-Guardia Civil, who had been sent to attend the fiesta, had gone off
-to keep order at the cockpit; and even now he did not seem quite at
-ease, knowing that those dreaded Spanish gens d'armes were still in
-the village. "There might be trouble at the cockpit, and they might
-bring their prisoners here," he muttered.
-
-Juan Lasara laughed. "If there were trouble, they would only beat the
-causes of it with the flat of their sabres. That is their way--with
-the tao. It is only you and your kind that they take as prisoners,
-or kill."
-
-Cinicio's beady eyes flashed. "And how about you and the reverend
-father?" he snarled.
-
-Once more Lasara laughed. "He is the priest of San Polycarpio, and
-I am the Teniente. If they came--which they would not do without
-warning--you would be Dagujob, the ladrone chief, whom we had lured
-here, in order that he might be taken and hanged on the new gallows
-at Calocan. You understand, Cinicio?"
-
-A sudden movement of his hand to his side showed that the robber did
-comprehend; then the half-drawn bolo was thrust back into its wooden
-sheath, contemptuously. "Bah!" its owner growled, "you dare not. I
-should talk, and there is room on that gallows for three of us,
-even when one is a fat priest. And now--what is the business we are
-to discuss?"
-
-Father Pablo blew out a cloud of smoke and watched it curling
-upwards. "Don José Ramirez will be receiving three thousand pesos
-next month to pay for the new hemp land he is buying from the Friars,"
-he said.
-
-Cinicio Dagujob leaned forward. "Don José, the Spanish merchant at
-Calocan?" he asked.
-
-The priest nodded, whilst the Teniente added with a grin: "His place
-is opposite the new gallows, which they have put up for you and your
-kind, Cinicio."
-
-The ladrone ignored the last remark; this was now a purely professional
-matter.
-
-"How are we to get in?" he demanded. "The house is of stone, well
-shuttered; and, if we tried force, the noise would bring down the
-Guardia Civil, who are only a quarter of a mile away."
-
-Father Pablo had gone to the window, and was staring out. He preferred
-not to listen to such discussions, which accorded ill with his calling;
-but the Teniente had no such scruples. "You must have some one inside,
-to open the door, then when Don José comes down----" He finished with
-a suggestive motion.
-
-"That is easy to say," growled the ladrone--"very easy to say;
-but whom can you get? Our own men are"--he shrugged his shoulders
-expressively--"suspected; and they might not like to be so near your
-gallows; whilst your people here are fools, every one--just common
-tao. Then a man from Manila would get in one of his own hands. It
-is rubbish. I know Don José Ramirez of old. He will keep his pesos
-safe until he hands them over to the Friars; and then, of course,
-one cannot rob the Church."
-
-Father Pablo, standing with his back to them, seemed to have missed
-everything else, but he heard those last words, and nodded his head,
-apparently in approval of the sentiment; though possibly, could
-the others have seen it, the smile on his face might have explained
-various things to them.
-
-The Teniente of San Polycarpio did not answer at once, but lighted
-a fresh cigar very carefully, and got it drawing well; then, "I have
-the man," he said quietly. "He came to me to-day, by chance, following
-my daughter, Dolores." Father Pablo started slightly. "He is a tao,
-with brains. I know Don José wants a man to live in the house. If I
-send this young Felizardo to him, he will take him; and if I promise
-Felizardo that he shall marry Dolores, the door will be opened to
-you. I only met him to-day, but"--he laughed pleasantly--"I know men
-and women; and I saw how it was with those two, at once."
-
-There was no smile on Father Pablo's face now, and one of his hands was
-gripping the window frame more tightly than a casual observer might
-have thought necessary; but the two other men were not watching him,
-being interested in the details of their plan.
-
-It was sundown when Felizardo and Dolores came back, chattering
-gaily. On the road they passed the two Guardia Civil, in their
-gorgeous uniforms, with their clattering sabres and horse pistols in
-vast leather holsters. Felizardo received a friendly nod from them,
-being known as a decent young tao; but Father Pablo, whom they met
-a little further on, had no blessing to bestow, only a scowl.
-
-"I do not like him," the man said abruptly.
-
-The girl shivered slightly. "Nor I. He is a priest, I know; but
-still----" She broke off significantly, and, for the first time in his
-life, Felizardo felt the instinct to kill awaken in him. Unconsciously,
-he became a convert to the Law of the Bolo; consciously, he decided
-that Father Pablo must be watched.
-
-The Teniente of San Polycarpio was alone when the couple returned,
-and received Felizardo very graciously. He was interested in the young
-man, and asked him many questions, whilst Dolores was preparing some
-supper, a far more elaborate supper than usual.
-
-"You ought to do better," Lasara said kindly. "I see you are not
-like the majority; and there are careers for those who are ready to
-work. Look at myself"--he was a hemp-buyer--"I started to learn in
-a Spaniard's store, and made all this myself. I should be a very
-happy man, if only I had a son. As it is, there is Dolores alone;
-and my ambition now is to see her married to an honourable man,
-a man of the people like myself, not a frothy agitator from Manila."
-
-Felizardo fumbled badly with the cigarette he was rolling; but before
-he could make any reply, his host had got up abruptly. "Come and see
-me again soon--the day after to-morrow, if you like. I believe I know
-of a post which might suit you."
-
-They make love quickly in the Tropics; consequently, it was not out
-of the natural order of things that, as he walked home through the
-cocoa-nut groves that night, Felizardo should feel sure both of his
-own feelings and of those of Dolores. Somehow, the world seemed to
-have grown a very different place. He had never noticed the moon
-quite so bright before, never realised how wonderfully beautiful
-was the effect of the light dancing on the waters. Then, suddenly,
-with a sense of shame, he remembered how he had wasted his life. He
-had eaten, smoked, and gambled on fighting-cocks--that was his whole
-record so far; but it should be different for the future. He turned
-into his little nipa-thatched house full of this good resolution,
-and awakened in the morning still of the same mind. There was a fiesta
-on in his own village that day, and he had saved five pesos in order
-to have an unusually large bet on his own favourite fighting-cock,
-hitherto the champion of the place; but, instead of doing so,
-he donned his working clothes, took his working bolo, and started
-off towards his hemp-patch, two miles away, up the hillside. One or
-two women he passed--the men rose late on fiesta-days--stared after
-him in astonishment; whilst a youth, who was taking a game-cock for
-its morning airing, hugging the over-fed bird closely in his arms,
-endeavoured to call him back; but Felizardo knew his own mind. That
-evening, just as the cock-fighting was over, he staggered down with the
-biggest load of hemp a man had ever brought into the village--one or
-two complained afterwards that he had cleaned up some of their hemp in
-addition to his own--took it into the Spanish hemp-buyers' warehouse,
-and presently emerged with the best suit of white linen he could buy.
-
-In after years they used to talk of the look which was on Felizardo's
-face that last evening he spent in the village. They chaffed him,
-of course--who but a fool would clean up hemp on a fiesta-day?--but
-he walked past them all without appearing to notice them. He was not
-angry--there was no question of that; it was only that he seemed to
-have urgent, and very pleasant, business of his own on hand. He had
-become a man apart from them; and, though none could have foreseen it,
-he was to remain a man apart, in a very different sense.
-
-By noon the following day, Felizardo was sitting on the broad, cool
-veranda of Juan Lasara's house, talking to Dolores. There was no hurry
-about business, the Teniente said cheerfully. He himself was likely
-to be fully occupied until evening. Let the visitor stay the night,
-and on the morrow they would go over and interview Don José Ramirez,
-to whom he had already written--a proposal which suited both Dolores
-and Felizardo.
-
-They talked all that afternoon and all that evening--the Teniente
-was wonderfully discreet in keeping out of the way--and when, on
-the following day, Felizardo took a reluctant farewell, they were
-perfectly sure they understood one another. Other people of their
-ages have made up their minds, temporarily at least, just as quickly,
-even under colder skies than those of the Philippines.
-
-As the two men were going down to the beach--Calocan lay round a
-headland, a long stretch of mangrove swamp, and you had to reach it by
-canoe--they met Father Pablo, apparently going to the Teniente's. The
-Teniente stopped a minute and spoke to the priest in a low voice,
-then rejoined Felizardo, whilst the Father continued on his way.
-
-Felizardo thought of Dolores, alone in the house, with only a couple of
-servants working in the courtyard, thought of the fat, sensual face,
-the self-assertive swagger, and once more that instinct to kill,
-which is one of the elemental corollaries of love, came back to him,
-stronger than ever. For a moment he hesitated, half inclined to go
-back; but he had not yet felt the full strength of that instinct;
-and so in the end he went on, reluctantly. Juan Lasara, thinking
-deeply over the priest's words--"It will be five thousand pesos
-now. Don José has bought a second hemp-patch from the Friars"--did
-not notice his hesitation, and might not have understood it in any
-case, having got over his days of love, or at least of the love of
-woman. He worshipped the peso only.
-
-Don José, white-haired and courtly, was gravely polite to the Teniente,
-as a white gentleman must be to a half-caste; but he was almost
-cordial to Felizardo.
-
-"I have already asked the Guardia Civil, and they speak well of you,"
-he said; then, as if fearing his words might seem slighting to Juan
-Lasara, he hastened to add: "Of course, in any case, the recommendation
-of Senor Lasara would suffice. Still, in these days there are so many
-ladrones--you see my shutters and bars? You can read and write? Yes,
-the good Friars taught you? Well, then it is arranged. Good!"
-
-So Felizardo became warehouseman, and, in a humble way, junior clerk,
-to Don José Ramirez, to live in the house, and, if need arose,
-to fire at ladrones with a musket through one of the loopholes of
-those same shutters, an arrangement satisfactory to himself, to the
-Spaniard, and perhaps most of all to his patron, the Teniente of San
-Polycarpio. There was no mistaking the cordiality of the latter's
-farewell. "Come and see us the first holiday," he said; "I shall be
-pleased, and"--he smiled meaningfully--"so will Dolores."
-
-If there had been no woman in the case, Felizardo would not have stayed
-two days in the warehouse. True, on the rare occasions when he did
-see Don José, the old man was kindness personified; but the merchant
-spent his time in his private office, whilst the other clerks, all
-mestizos, looked on what they called "a wild tao" as a fitting subject
-for jests and practical jokes. But Felizardo thought of Dolores,
-who could only be won by his success in that warehouse; moreover,
-he was wiry and strong as a leopard, as the practical jokers soon
-learned; consequently, at the end of the first week he had not only
-decided to stay, but had also made a definite position for himself.
-
-"A good boy, a very good boy," Don José remarked to the corporal of
-the Guardia Civil.
-
-The latter nodded. "Yes, but watch him. They all want watching,
-these Filipinos. I say it with all respect--but what has the Holy
-Church done for them, save teach them our secrets and make them more
-dangerous than ever." He sighed heavily, and twirled his huge, dyed
-moustache. "Thirty years I have been out here, Don José, thirty years,
-and only home to Spain once, and I still look on them as savages,
-who will get my head in the end. I shall never see Spain again."
-
-Don José took him by the arm; it was Sunday, and they were standing
-on the veranda. "Come inside," he said; "I have some choice wine
-which came in the other day, wine of Spain; and some cigars such as
-you could not get elsewhere, even in Spain. Come inside, corporal,
-and drink to the day when we both return to Spain."
-
-Meanwhile, Felizardo had borrowed a dug-out canoe, and paddled round
-the long headland to San Polycarpio. Dolores was waiting for him. "I
-knew you would come," she said simply, "because Don José always closes
-his warehouse on Sunday."
-
-The implied assurance in her words made him the happiest man in the
-Islands; and as he sat talking to the Teniente that afternoon, he
-was very full of the possibilities of a commercial career, and very
-severe on the subject of ladrones and the injury they did to trade,
-which was perhaps not very pleasant hearing to his host, for after
-the guest had gone--this time Dolores accompanied him down to the
-beach--Lasara remarked to the priest: "He will not open the door of
-the warehouse, even if I ask him. He is a fool, after all."
-
-The priest shook his head. "He will open it, because he is a special
-fool on one point."
-
-"What is that?" demanded the other.
-
-Father Pablo smiled grimly. "You will see. Leave it to me." And
-with that promise the Teniente of San Polycarpio had to be content,
-though, knowing the priest well, he was not really uneasy in his
-own mind. Certainly, they would eventually share those five thousand
-pesos of Don José's, and if, as was probable, Don José himself were
-eliminated during the process of removal, so much the better. The
-disappearance of a rival is never felt very keenly by a good business
-man.
-
-The pesos for the purchase of the Friars' hemp lands came on the
-appointed day, and Felizardo helped to carry them into the warehouse,
-wondering greatly at the amount, and envying the man who possessed so
-much wealth. He was still thinking over the matter at closing time,
-when a strange youth hurried up, thrust a note into his hand, and
-disappeared as suddenly as he had come. Felizardo read the letter
-slowly, and forthwith forgot all about the pesos; for Dolores was in
-trouble; Dolores had fled from her father's house, fearing a forced
-marriage with a wealthy cousin, who had unexpectedly re-appeared
-after years of absence; and, what was most important of all, Dolores
-was coming to him for shelter and protection. At eleven o'clock that
-very night, she would be outside the small door at the back of the
-warehouse, where he must join her, and take her somewhere for safety.
-
-Felizardo sat down on a pile of cases in the corner of the warehouse,
-where he smoked innumerable cigarettes, and tried to think out
-the situation. For a moment, he was inclined to consult Don José,
-then dismissed the idea as impossible. It seemed like treason to
-Dolores. Above everything, no one must know that she had come to him
-secretly, in the dead of night--no one, that is, except the person
-who actually gave her shelter until he could marry her openly, in the
-light of day. Yet who would give her shelter? Who would not talk? He
-racked his brains for an answer, and then it came to him--the good
-Sisters at the little convent on the far-side of the plaza. It was
-only a few moments' walk, and when he took Dolores there, and she
-knocked, and told her story, and showed the letter she had written
-him--the first line he had ever received from her--there would be
-no question of her welcome or her safety. All the Tenientes in the
-Islands would be powerless to wrest her from the Sisters.
-
-Felizardo waited with almost savage impatience for eleven o'clock. If
-she missed her way, if by any chance she were overtaken, if some one
-should be watching outside to see if she were coming to him! Full
-of the latter thought, he slipped into the warehouse again and
-searched for a bolo, a particularly fine and keen weapon, which,
-only that afternoon, one of his fellow-clerks had bought from a
-hill-man. Felizardo found it, strapped it round his waist, saw that
-it was loose in its sheath, crept cautiously to the little back door,
-unlocked it, taking the key so as to be able to lock it again from
-the outside, took down the heavy bars, opened the door cautiously--and
-saw a dozen figures crouching on the ground, ready to spring at him.
-
-Then he understood. Like a flash his bolo was out, and, with his
-back to the door, he was facing them, shouting, "The ladrones,
-the ladrones!" whilst unconsciously he crumpled up, and dropped,
-that forged letter.
-
-It was his first fight. An old man, telling Captain Basil Hayle of
-it thirty-five years later, declared that it was his greatest fight;
-and Felizardo had then been in hundreds. Be that as it may, the fact
-remains that he had killed two ladrones, and mortally wounded two more,
-himself receiving only a gash across the forehead, before help came,
-in the form of the Guardia Civil from without, and Don José and his
-five men from within.
-
-Of the twelve ladrones, only four escaped, crawling away wounded. Four
-they killed out of hand, and four more, including Cinicio Dagujob
-himself, they hanged on that new gallows opposite Don José's warehouse,
-as a warning to all men.
-
-Felizardo staggered back against the wall, half-blinded by the blood
-from his forehead, trembling, as a man does after his first fight;
-then, without the slightest premeditation, he made the mistake of his
-life. He slipped away in the darkness, down to the beach, launched a
-canoe, and began frenziedly to paddle towards San Polycarpio. He had
-remembered Dolores and her possible peril, and forgotten all else--Don
-José, the Guardia Civil, the questions he would be expected to answer.
-
-The corporal asked one of those same questions of Don José half an
-hour later, after the prisoners had been safely locked in the cells.
-
-"Who gave the alarm?" he demanded.
-
-"Felizardo," the merchant answered. "He was fighting in the doorway
-when we rushed down, fighting like a dozen devils."
-
-The corporal frowned. "Then he must have opened the door
-himself. Why? Where is he now?"
-
-Don José poured himself out another glass of wine with a rather shaky
-hand. He was an old man, and his nerves were upset. "Felizardo is gone,
-they tell me. They have searched, thinking he might be lying wounded,
-but they cannot find a trace anywhere."
-
-Once more the corporal frowned, and drummed on the table with his
-fingers. He was not very brilliant, and he was trying to construct
-a theory. At last, "Let them search again," he said severely.
-
-A few minutes later, one of the clerks came back with a crumpled slip
-of paper in his hand. "We have found this, Senor," he said.
-
-The corporal handed it to Don José--despite that huge, dyed moustache
-and his straight back, his eyes were growing old, and one does not
-take spectacles when one is on service. "Will you read it, Don José,
-read it aloud slowly?" he asked with dignity, then turned a fierce
-gaze on the knot of clerks gathered in the doorway, who fled hurriedly.
-
-When the merchant had finished, the corporal brought his hand down
-on the table with a thump which made all the wine-glasses dance. "A
-love affair, as I think I said, or rather a false assignation. He
-has got frightened at his mistake, and gone to the hills."
-
-Don José sighed. "I liked him. He is a good, sensible boy, and I hope
-he will come back."
-
-The corporal shook his head. "He will never come back. Thirty years
-I have been here, in this service, only going home to Spain once,
-and I should know that they are only savages, after all. I think
-I have said before that the Holy Church makes a mistake in trying
-to tame them. Let them be brought to hear Mass every Sunday--that
-would be only fitting, and would doubtless save their souls, if they
-have any--but books and learning are not for them. When I get back
-to Spain I shall make a journey to Rome to tell his Holiness these
-things. Doubtless, he will listen to an old soldier of Spain.... No,
-Don José, your Felizardo will never come back here. Yet"--he sighed
-regretfully--"he is a fine fighter. He was the only one on our
-side with a bolo, and two have been killed with the bolo, and two
-wounded so badly that we must hurry on the hanging of them. A fine
-fighter--but what will you----? They are all savages at heart, as I
-hope to tell his Holiness one day." He stood up abruptly, saluted,
-and stalked out with his hand on the hilt of his great sabre.
-
-There was only one light showing in San Polycarpio when Felizardo
-beached his canoe on the shingle by the palm grove; and only one
-mangy dog, which relapsed into silence after the first stone, noted
-his arrival. On the other hand, the light was in the Teniente's house,
-which made things easier for the newcomer.
-
-Felizardo had bandaged his forehead with a strip torn off his shirt,
-and as soon as he came to the stream of fresh water which ran down
-the one long street, he bathed the blood from his face carefully. He
-did not want to alarm Dolores--about himself. Then, bolo in hand, he
-made his way to the house, clambered cautiously on to the veranda, and
-peered in through a tiny hole in the matting blind. He could see very
-little--only Dolores standing, pale and trembling, against the further
-wall, and the heads of Lasara and Father Pablo, who were seated at
-the table. But he could hear, and that was almost better than seeing.
-
-The voices were a little thick--it had been a weary task waiting
-for the return of the messenger Cinicio Dagujob was to send, and
-the native spirit had been very strong--but the priest, at least,
-knew what he wanted.
-
-"You must let her come to me as housekeeper," he was saying. "You would
-like that, wouldn't you, girl"--he turned towards Dolores--"to keep
-house for your parish priest? I would get rid of the other. Answer me,
-Juan Lasara. Will you agree, or shall I denounce you as Cinicio's
-partner?" There was a snarl in his voice. "After to-night's work
-there will be a hue-and-cry; and you remember the new gallows at
-Calocan. Answer me, you ladrone Teniente of San Polycarpio."
-
-But the reply did not come from Juan Lasara. With one cut of his bolo
-Felizardo cleared away the matting, and was in the room. Dolores
-gave a scream and fainted; Lasara fumbled drunkenly for his knife,
-and, failing to find it, seized a bottle; but the priest stood back
-unarmed--trembling, perhaps, but still apparently secure in the
-protection of his cloth.
-
-"You dare not touch me," he said. And for answer Felizardo slew him
-with a single slash of that terrible bolo. Then he dealt with Lasara,
-whom he maimed for life; and after that he gathered together the
-remains of the food and the wine--he was looking ahead even then--put
-out the lamp, took the insensible girl in his arms, and made his way
-to the jungle.
-
-So in the one night Felizardo killed two ladrones and a priest who
-was worse than a ladrone, secured the hanging of two others, and then,
-possibly because, as the corporal said, he was a savage at heart, took
-Dolores Lasara with him to the hills, and became a ladrone himself.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-HOW THE CORPORAL WENT BACK TO SPAIN
-
-
-For six months the tao of the district talked of Felizardo, the man
-who had slain a priest; then, as nothing more had been heard of the
-outlaw, and a new band of ladrones had been formed in the neighbourhood
-of Calocan, the centre of interest shifted, and the crime at San
-Polycarpio, if not forgotten, at least ceased to be discussed.
-
-The tao knew nothing about Father Pablo's connection with the band
-of the late Cinicio Dagujob--the Church had seen to that fact being
-suppressed--but the corporal knew, in fact he had been the first to
-suspect it, and he took the information across to Don José Ramirez.
-
-"This Pablo was a mestizo," he said. "You knew him, I suppose. No? A
-big scoundrel, gross and burly. I wonder why the Church will allow
-natives to be priests. I am sure the Holy Father cannot know. Some
-day, perhaps, I may have the chance of telling him, if I get back
-to Spain. A villain, that Pablo; but still your Felizardo was wrong
-to kill him. Nothing can save him now. I told you that night, even
-after we found how splendidly he had boloed those ladrones, that he
-would not come back. I was right, of course. Have I not been thirty
-years in these accursed Islands, and if I do not know the Filipinos,
-who should know them, Senor? A fine fighter, that Felizardo. Had
-he been in our native troops, he would have risen high. And now,
-because he is a savage at heart, he has become a ladrone."
-
-Don José sighed--there had been a romance and a tragedy in his own
-life, many years before, in Spain. "No, corporal. He went because he
-loved one woman too well to leave her to some one else."
-
-The corporal twisted his moustache. "Therein he was a savage, as I
-said before. He got one idea in his mind, and he could not forget it,
-not having room for two. I have loved women, Senor, and women have
-loved me, many of them; but as for turning highwayman, or at least
-outlaw, for the sake of one--pouf!" He shook his head with a great
-assumption of scorn.
-
-"I see." Don José smiled. They had been friends for many years, these
-two, and he knew the story of the girl in Spain whom the other had gone
-back to marry--and found dead; therefore, he always listened patiently
-to those stories of subsequent love affairs, none of which ever had
-the slightest foundation in fact. "I see," he repeated. "Then you think
-a man should have as many wives as he can get, like a Moor or a Chino?"
-
-"No, no"--the corporal frowned--"the Church would not allow that,
-only--well," he got up rather hastily. "I was forgetting the time. I
-must be off. After thirty years' service in these accursed Islands, one
-must not begin to neglect one's duty, Senor." At the door he stopped
-and looked back. "Think no more of your Felizardo, Don José. He will
-never return; and, if he did, we should have to hang him. A fine
-fighter, certainly--but, to kill a priest!"
-
-"But you say the priest was also a ladrone," the merchant objected.
-
-The corporal shook his head. "A priest is a priest, and the Church
-will not forgive, or admit excuses. How can she, when she has the
-souls of all these savages to save? Still, if I ever get the chance
-of seeing the Holy Father, and explaining----" and he went out,
-still frowning and shaking his head.
-
-Don José helped himself slowly to another glass of wine, and
-sighed. "We shall never go back to Spain, he and I. It is getting
-too late now, and so"--he smiled sadly--"the Holy Father will lose
-much useful information."
-
-
-
-When Felizardo slew Pablo the priest, and took to the bush, carrying
-Dolores Lasara in his arms, he had no definite aim, save that of
-gaining a temporary hiding-place; but the moment he had found this, and
-even whilst he was bringing the girl round with some of the wine he had
-taken from her father's table--the bottle itself was sticky with her
-father's blood--his mind became busy with the problem of the future.
-
-He was an outlaw for life. He had killed a priest--had offended
-far beyond the offence of the ordinary ladrone, who only kills
-ordinary men, and tortures women and children. True, the priest
-was a ladrone, even worse than a ladrone, but it was the cloth, and
-not the man beneath it, which mattered. Felizardo faced the issue
-squarely. Somehow, it seemed as though he had learned many things
-during that night. He had taken up the bolo, and thenceforth the Law
-of the Bolo must be his only code. A few hours before, no one had
-less desire to be an outlaw than he; now, he had become an outlaw,
-despite himself; but he did not rail against Fate, because he was an
-Asiatic, and also because, after all, he had got Dolores.
-
-Still, there was one trouble, which would be greater for her than
-for him. He put it to her very gently after he had told her of the
-end of Father Pablo.
-
-"We cannot be married now, dear one," he said. "No priest would do it,
-even though I captured him, and threatened him with death."
-
-She looked at him with shining eyes. "What matter? I shall have you,
-all the same."
-
-He turned away. "It is not too late for you to go back, even now. The
-good Sisters at the convent would take you."
-
-For answer, she kissed him, the first kiss she had ever given him,
-and they said no more of that matter.
-
-From Felizardo's own village, from every village for miles round in
-fact, you can see a great range of mountains, rugged and forbidding,
-beginning practically at the shore of a huge bay and running inland
-for many miles. The lower slopes of the range are covered with dense
-jungle; but when you have climbed a thousand feet or so, you leave
-all this behind, and find bald rock, and lava-beds, and ashes, for
-there are half a dozen active volcanoes there, as well as many which
-are merely quiescent, and hot springs, and geysers, and other dangers
-to life and peace of mind.
-
-Felizardo had often looked at those mountains, especially when he had
-been fishing in the bay, waiting lazily for a bite. Then, they had
-always seemed to suggest harshness and danger, the very antithesis
-to the dreamy life amongst the cocoa-nut groves and the hemp-patches;
-now, however, he thought of them in a very different light, as offering
-an ideal refuge; and even if, as was rumoured, they were the home of
-many bad men--well, was he, himself, not a bad man too?
-
-He made up his mind quickly. It was no use thinking of remaining in
-the jungle by the coast. He was not greatly afraid of the authorities
-finding him, although the Church might insist on a hue-and-cry of an
-unusually vigorous nature; but he was afraid of coming across some
-of the local ladrones, who would assuredly take vengeance on him for
-what he had done to their friends. So, at the first streak of dawn
-he and Dolores set out for the mountains, where the rest of their
-lives were to be spent.
-
-It was a long and slow journey, for Dolores was not used to the bush,
-and they had to avoid all footpaths and villages. Time after time,
-Felizardo had to carry her through those steep-banked, narrow little
-streams, which on the paths you cross by shaky pole-bridges; and
-twice he had to cut down hemp-palms, and make rafts on which to get
-to the other bank of larger streams. The second night out it rained,
-a veritable deluge; but he had foreseen it, and had made a little
-shelter of palm-leaves, which kept them perfectly dry, greatly to
-the surprise of Dolores.
-
-"You seem to know everything, and to be prepared for everything,"
-she said; and he felt prouder than he had ever felt in his life.
-
-Early next morning, whilst she still slept, he went out to a
-neighbouring village, where they were also asleep, and when she
-awakened he was plucking a newly-killed fowl, whilst there was a
-basket of sweet potatoes beside him. It was his first definite act
-of ladronism, and he shifted uneasily under her gaze, until she,
-understanding, laid a soft hand on his arm and said: "They drove you
-to it, dearest, and you have done it for me;" so Felizardo enjoyed
-his meal after all.
-
-That night, Felizardo went much further. He found a water-buffalo
-belonging to the priest of the village they were skirting; and
-from that point onwards, until they were well up the lower slopes
-of the range, there was plenty of meat, whilst, of course, if you
-are a Filipino, you can always find sweet potatoes, and beans,
-and cocoa-nuts.
-
-They built a little shelter in the jungle, and there they lived like
-children of nature for a week.
-
-"I should be content to stay here for ever," Dolores said; but the
-man shook his head.
-
-"It will rain every day soon, and then you would die. There are caves
-on the slope overlooking the bay. We will take one. Then we can store
-a supply of food, and, if I can get a pig and some fowls from one of
-the villages in the valley, we shall have no need to trouble."
-
-The first two caves they explored were damp and dark, then they went
-into a third--and came on two men and a woman, sitting in the entrance,
-smoking some fish.
-
-The men sprang to their feet, and one, the elder, came forward, bolo
-in hand; but the woman held the other back. "He may not be an enemy,
-and at least be fair," she cried, for which Dolores loved her ever
-afterwards.
-
-The other man was a little unsteady--there was a jar of spirits beside
-the fire--and his eyes were staring and bloodshot. He did not stop to
-ask any questions, and Felizardo said nothing, except, very quietly:
-"Go back, Dolores."
-
-It was not a fight: it did not last more than a few seconds; then,
-as he wiped his bolo on the white tunic of his attacker, Felizardo
-looked at the man beside the fire: "And you now?" he asked.
-
-The other shook his head, and sheathed the bolo, which, despite the
-woman's efforts, he had drawn.
-
-"You are the better man," he replied. "And he," nodding towards the
-body--"he was a scoundrel;" whereat the woman gave a queer little sob,
-gratitude, relief, horror perhaps, which brought Dolores running to her
-side, and they cried together; whilst the men carried the body out,
-and threw it over the cliff, returning with dry earth with which to
-cover the stains.
-
-They sat down beside the fire, Felizardo in his late foe's place,
-and the stranger poured out some spirit, which they drank in silence.
-
-After a while Felizardo spoke. "Why did you come up here, on the
-mountains?"
-
-The stranger, whose name was Carlos, pointed to the woman: "I took
-her from a convent."
-
-Felizardo smiled grimly. "And I killed a priest, for her," nodding
-towards Dolores.
-
-Carlos leaned forward quickly. "Are you named Felizardo? I thought
-so. Even here, on the mountains, we hear things.... Let me, let us,
-stay here with you in this cave--as I said, you are the better man
-and can take it if you will--but I can help you; and the women will
-not be lonely."
-
-For answer, Felizardo held out his hand; and so was started his band,
-which afterwards became the most famous in the Islands.
-
-The band grew rapidly, as is the way of such organisations, when the
-leader is infinitely stronger than any of his followers; then, after
-a while, Felizardo determined to weed it out. He would have no men
-who were outlaws merely because of their own vicious natures, to whom
-ladronism was a natural calling. There were many of these already in
-the mountains, and they formed a rival band against him, on hearing
-of which he sallied out one night and cut them to pieces. From that
-time onwards, for many years, no native challenged his sovereign
-rights over the mountain range.
-
-He made peace with the tribe of head-hunters, who were his northern
-neighbours, respecting their customs, so long as they took none of
-his men's heads, and with the tao to the south, from whom he bought
-live-stock, the money he gave being obtained from Presidentes and
-Tenientes and planters, and other folk who oppress the common people,
-though it was taken as tribute, Felizardo not being a midnight robber,
-like Cinicio Dagujob had been.
-
-News might go up from the coastal towns to the mountains, in fact
-it did go freely--news of what the Government was doing, of how
-the Presidentes and Tenientes were robbing the tao, of where the
-Guardia Civil was; but very little came down from the mountains, at
-least to the white men, and, of that little, practically none reached
-Calocan. Consequently, five years after Felizardo had turned ladrone,
-neither Don José nor the corporal knew that he was the chief of the
-big band, consisting of outlaws rather than of ladrones, of which
-they had heard vague rumours.
-
-"They are in the mountains--pouf! I should let them stay there," the
-corporal said. "They do not seem to do much harm, and it would cost
-a fabulous sum to hunt them out from amongst the caves and craters;"
-an opinion with which Don José, being already heavily taxed, agreed
-heartily.
-
-"I wonder if Felizardo is there," he added.
-
-The corporal shrugged his shoulders. "Who knows? Let me see--he
-went four, or was it five, years ago. Five, that is it. Probably he
-is dead by now; he was not of the true ladrone breed. Anyway, I was
-right when I said he would never come back, just as I was right when
-I said I should never go home to Spain."
-
-"Have you applied for your pension?" the merchant asked.
-
-The old soldier drew himself up. "How can I, Senor, when I am still
-active, and--and not old, declare I am no longer fit for my work? No,
-if they offer it, I shall take it; but until they offer----" and he
-went out, shaking his head.
-
-That night a runner came in with a message for the corporal. A large
-band of ladrones, or rather a combination of a number of small bands,
-had raided and burned the village of Igut, which was about ten
-miles from the foot of the mountains, on the edge of the bay. Most
-of the tao had been killed; the Spanish trader had been tortured to
-death, and all the women and girls carried off. Troops were being
-hurried from Manila--in the Spanish way of hurrying, which did not
-mean much--but, meanwhile, all the small detachments were to go in
-pursuit. The corporal was to take two of his troopers, and twenty of
-the native soldiers attached to his post.
-
-It was a great grief to the corporal that he had to make the trip
-by canoe in order to save time. He disliked service on foot, being
-a little stiff and short of wind; whilst, more important than that,
-it was always more dignified to ride in full uniform, at the head of
-your men. Now, however, not only his horse, but his great thigh-boots
-as well, would have to remain behind. Even his sabre must be carried
-by a native orderly. Still, as he said to Don José, who came to the
-landing-stage to see him off, one's duty came before one's sense of
-dignity, and an old soldier of Spain could afford to do things which
-would make a lesser man look absurd.
-
-They landed on the beach at Igut, which now consisted of some piles
-of still-smoking ashes, a hundred or two charred posts, the remains
-of the nipa-houses, and the blackened walls of the church and the
-Spanish merchant's house. There were bodies everywhere, slashed
-hideously with bolo-cuts; and beside the post in the plaza, where
-they had done him to death, in the hope of making him confess how he
-had hidden the wealth he did not possess, was all that remained of
-the Spanish merchant himself; seeing which, the corporal swore great
-oaths, unconsciously drew his hand across his eyes--curious how dim
-they were growing!--then, like a good Catholic, knelt down and prayed
-for the soul of the man he had never seen in life; and after that he
-donned the parade uniform he had brought in case of emergency, buckled
-on his sabre, and carried out the funeral of his fellow-countryman.
-
-There was no trace of the other detachments which were supposed to
-be coming; but that fact did not weigh with the corporal. He had been
-ordered to pursue the ladrones, so he marched inland on the trail of
-the robbers. It was not difficult to follow them, at least for the
-first few miles; they were a large body, and they were taking along
-much loot and many prisoners. A little way out, the pursuers came
-on the body of a woman, and then those of two children, all boloed,
-apparently because they could not travel.
-
-The trail led towards the foot of the range of mountains, Felizardo's
-territory; and the corporal groaned involuntarily. He had to keep
-at the head of his little force, yet he was very stiff, and the
-climbing tried him severely. Once or twice, he was sorely inclined
-to call a halt, just to get his breath again; but he could not let
-his native soldiers see any signs of weakness, and so he struggled
-on. It was rather curious. After thirty-five years' service, a man
-should be fit for anything, inured to all hardships. Probably it was
-only fancy after all, he told himself, as he squared his shoulders,
-and looked back sternly for any possible stragglers. Then suddenly,
-his orderly, who was just behind him, cried out that he had seen a
-ladrone scout, moving amongst the trees; and a moment later, almost
-before the corporal had time to take his sabre from the orderly,
-the ladrones were on them, three to one, cutting and slashing with
-their bolos. The corporal's men, winded and exhausted, fired a volley
-from their muskets, but only one of the enemy was hit, and there was
-no chance of reloading. It became a case of the butt-end against
-the bolo, and, naturally, the bolo won. A few seconds afterwards,
-the corporal, one of his white troopers, and a native sergeant were
-the only survivors in sight, standing with their backs to a huge tree.
-
-The corporal had drawn his pistol with his left hand, but a slash
-from a bolo had taken off three of his fingers before he could fire,
-though he was hardly conscious of the fact. All he knew was that he
-must die like a soldier of Spain, with his sabre in his hand.
-
-For a minute, they kept the bolomen at bay, then the native sergeant
-went down, and the enemy began to close in, twenty of them, at least.
-
-"It is over. Good-bye!" the corporal cried to his one remaining
-comrade.
-
-There had never been any chance, and now there were more bolomen
-coming, scores of them, rushing down the hillside, yelling. The
-corporal braced himself up. His strength was almost gone, but he
-meant to kill one more enemy of Spain before he himself was killed.
-
-And then a miracle seemed to happen. Suddenly, there was not an enemy
-within reach of his sabre, for boloman was fighting boloman, or,
-rather, the newcomers were slaying his enemies for him. The corporal
-lowered the point of his sabre--he had lost a great deal of blood,
-and the weight of the weapon now seemed almost unbearable--then he
-turned to his comrade with a question in his eyes, and, before the
-other had time to answer, lurched forward in a dead faint.
-
-When the corporal recovered his senses, he was lying on a pile of
-blankets under a palm-leaf shelter. His left hand, which was bandaged
-up, was very painful--that was his first impression; then he began
-to remember, vaguely at the outset, seeing everything as through a
-mist of blood, which cleared away suddenly when it struck him that he
-was a prisoner amongst the ladrones, and he knew how ladrones treated
-Spanish prisoners. Better to have died there, at the foot of the big
-tree. Still, they should get no sign of weakness from him.
-
-He closed his eyes whilst he repeated a prayer, then opened them again,
-to see a native, whose face was somehow familiar, standing beside him,
-regarding him with grave interest.
-
-The corporal returned the look, then raised himself on his unwounded
-arm. "You are Felizardo!" he cried.
-
-Felizardo nodded. "Yes, Senor, it is Felizardo. You remember last
-time, outside Don José's warehouse, you saved me? Now"--he bowed
-slightly--"I am able to save you, also from ladrones."
-
-The corporal lay back again. This was an unprecedented situation,
-for which there was no provision made in the Regulations; for this
-same Felizardo was a ladrone who had slain a priest. At first, he
-tried to think what would be the correct thing to do; but in the end
-he could only jerk out a question: "Why did you do it?"
-
-Felizardo waved his hand. "Those ladrones who burned Igut captured
-some of my men's wives--that was all. We came on you by chance,
-and I was glad to pay my debt."
-
-The corporal breathed heavily. He did not intend to show any anxiety,
-but he wanted to know his fate. "And now?" he asked.
-
-Felizardo smiled slightly. "Now, if you like, you may go back to
-Calocan at once; or, if you would honour me, stay with me in my
-mountains until your wound is healed."
-
-From any other native, the mere invitation, even without the phrase
-"my mountains," would have stirred the corporal's deepest wrath; but
-somehow he realised, almost with a sense of humiliation, that this
-native was a stronger man than himself. For a moment, he was inclined
-to accept, then he remembered he must go back and report--his defeat.
-
-"Senor Felizardo," he said, "I must go back;" he looked away and went
-on, a little brokenly: "Thank you, Senor. I told Don José we should
-never see you again, either of us. Now I, at least, have seen you,
-and I am glad, and--and very grateful."
-
-Again Felizardo smiled. "So you told Don José that? Well, we shall
-see;" and he began to walk away slowly.
-
-The corporal called him back. "I might get you a pardon, even now,
-though ... you know ... the Church----"
-
-The other man's face grew hard. "I take no pardons," he said sternly;
-then he shrugged his shoulders and laughed. "And, anyway, Senor,
-they would grant none. Still, it was kind of you."
-
-They carried the corporal down to Igut, where to his surprise he found
-eight survivors out of his force, and they put him on board a canoe,
-after what seemed a day's unnecessary delay. Then they started back
-to Calocan, his own men paddling the canoe. The corporal was very
-unhappy. He knew now that he must be invalided out of the service:
-not honourably, however, but in disgrace, for his haste, or rather
-his over-devotion to duty, had brought disaster on the arms of Spain.
-
-True, it would be a difficult matter to explain, for the women and
-children and the loot as well were back in Igut, and the surviving men
-had crept in from the jungle and begun to rebuild the nipa-houses,
-whilst, as a price for his rescue, Felizardo had made him promise
-not to tell how the mountaineers had rescued him. He wished now he
-had not given that promise--it was, probably, like the rest of the
-business, contrary to the Regulations--but, having given it, he must
-abide by it. He puzzled over the matter all the way back to Calocan,
-wondering what his men would say, not knowing that they had received
-orders on that point--orders which they now dare not disobey--from
-Felizardo himself.
-
-When the canoe reached Calocan, the whole population was waiting on
-the beach to greet him. They cheered, and they crowded round him, and
-the women showered blessings on him; whilst there was even an orderly
-from Manila, commanding him to go to the Governor-General himself, a
-Grandee of Spain, as soon as his wounds permitted. The corporal flushed
-and stammered and looked round helplessly; then Don José came forward
-and took his arm. "Come up to my house. It will be quiet there."
-
-He led the corporal into the well-remembered room, which, somehow,
-seemed different now to the visitor, possibly because he had always
-entered it before as a proud and important man, whilst this time he
-felt himself an impostor. He took his glass of wine with trembling
-hands, put it to his lips, then set it down untasted. He might have
-to deceive every one else, but he could not be false to this old
-friend. He drew his hand across his forehead slowly, then he blurted
-out: "It's a lie. I was beaten. I thought all my men were killed."
-
-Don José leaned forward and laid a hand on his arm. "I know the truth,
-my friend--everything. Felizardo told me."
-
-The corporal sat up erect in his chair and
-gasped. "Felizardo? When? How?"
-
-"In this room, last night. He came alone, by canoe, and walked straight
-in. He wanted me to see you said nothing foolish, and he wanted to
-prove you had been wrong when you said he would never come back."
-
-For a full minute they sat in silence, then the corporal broke out. "He
-is a strong man, Senor."
-
-Don José nodded.
-
-"He is a gentleman, Senor, even if he did kill a priest;" there was
-almost a note of defiance in the corporal's voice.
-
-Again Don José nodded.
-
-There was another spell of silence, which was broken by the merchant
-saying: "You will do as he wishes? You will hear all, and say
-nothing? Then you will go back to Spain with your pension. Why not? You
-tried your best; you held up the ladrones--you, single-handed--and
-gave Felizardo his chance. It was your victory, after all."
-
-They took the corporal's reticence and his rather muddled statements
-as the results of the wound he had received, coupled with his
-modesty. How could one doubt when one had been to Igut and seen
-the released prisoners, and the restored loot, and the heads of the
-ladrones stuck on posts along the beach?
-
-Don José came to Manila to see him start on his journey to Spain.
-
-"Will you see the Holy Father--now?" the merchant asked.
-
-The corporal's eyes brightened. "Why, yes, if I can. Why should I
-have changed--I, who have had thirty-five years in which to learn
-the truth?"
-
-Don José laughed. "But has not Felizardo changed you? Is he only a
-savage, then?"
-
-For a moment, the corporal was at a loss, then, "If he had not been
-educated, he would never have been able to read that letter, and
-would not have had to take to the hills," he answered stoutly.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-HOW CAPTAIN BASIL HAYLE WENT TO THE MOUNTAINS
-
-
-The corporal never went to Rome, after all, and, as a result, his
-message to the Holy Father remained undelivered. True, he talked about
-going often during the ten years which elapsed before he himself was
-gathered to his mundane fathers, but, somehow, life was very pleasant
-in his own little village, where there were no ladrones to worry
-you, and plenty of untravelled folk ready to listen to your stories
-of ladrones. Moreover, Rome was a long way off, a very long way,
-and the journey needed many preparations; so, in the end, the only
-journey he did make was when he went on a visit to Don José Ramirez,
-who had also come home, rich and very weary.
-
-They talked of Calocan, of San Polycarpio, and of the new gallows,
-on which Cinicio Dagujob was hanged, of many familiar spots and old
-friends; but most of all they talked of Felizardo and his doings.
-
-"We were both wrong," the corporal said. "He came back to Calocan,
-and we have come back to Spain. Curious, I am seldom wrong; but I was
-over those matters. Still, even an old soldier of thirty-five years'
-service may make mistakes sometimes.... You say Felizardo is still
-in those same mountains?"
-
-Don José nodded.
-
-"He, at least, will never go back to his home to stay," the
-corporal went on. "If there were nothing else, there is the Church,
-you know." He shook his head gravely. "Felizardo killed a priest,
-and even though that Father Pablo was a ladrone, the cloth remains,
-always. And the Church does not forget. How can she afford to forget,
-with all those half-heathen souls to be saved?"
-
-The corporal stayed a week in Don José's big house, and then he
-went home to his own little house, in the village at the foot of the
-mountains, and with that both he and Don José Ramirez go out of this
-story, leaving only Felizardo and Dolores Lasara, who were still in
-the mountains in the distant Philippines, outlaws and, if you will,
-ladrones.
-
-
-
-The corporal had been dead twenty years when Captain Basil Hayle,
-who was then only Serjeant Hayle of the Garrison Artillery, United
-States Army, landed in Manila. From the transport, he had seen a
-great range of mountains, running right down to the sea, and had
-admired them in his silent way, though he made no remark about them,
-even to the comrade who was leaning on the rail beside him, for,
-as a rule, the more he liked a thing, the less he said about it. It
-was only when his aversion was roused that he was moved to speech. If
-any one had told him then that those same mountains, and the people
-on them, were destined to play the most important part in his life,
-he might not have disbelieved the statement--in fact, he had a vein
-of superstition, or fatalism, which might have inclined him to believe
-it--but he would have gone on just the same until the crisis arrived.
-
-Basil Hayle came of good stock on both sides. His father had been a
-Virginian, his mother a Swedish girl, a combination which usually
-turns out well, both the breeds being good ones. From his father
-he had inherited his sense of chivalry, his inability to know when
-he was beaten, and a certain deceptive strength which looked like
-laziness; from his mother had come his tall figure, his fair hair,
-and his unwillingness to cause unnecessary pain.
-
-When, on the outbreak of the war, Basil Hayle had volunteered for the
-front, they had drafted him into the Garrison Artillery on account of
-his size and apparent slowness, qualities which are usually considered
-more suitable in garrison gunners than in any other branch of the
-service; but they quickly discovered that they had misjudged their
-man. The superfluous flesh he had recently acquired during a leisurely
-trip to Europe was soon got rid of, his education raised him above the
-level of the majority of his comrades, and before the transport left
-San Francisco he was a full Serjeant. Still, he was in the Garrison
-Artillery, and a garrison gunner he had to remain, kicking his heels
-in a sweltering fort on the shore of Cavite Bay--with his largest
-gun he could almost have thrown a shell on to the lower slopes of
-Felizardo's mountains--whilst the other regiments were having a
-splendid time amongst the insurrectos.
-
-As every one knows, the Americans went to the Philippines to
-save the Filipinos from the Spanish tyranny; and, as is also well
-known, the Filipinos responded in characteristic fashion. For a few
-brief weeks, the agitators in the towns believed, and proclaimed,
-that the millennium had come, the reign of Liberty, Equality,
-and Fraternity--Liberty to do what was good in your own sight,
-and evil in the sight of every decent man; Equality, so far as the
-goods of a richer man than yourself were concerned; Fraternity in the
-Cain-and-Abel sense. The tao repeated the words, taking them to mean
-that the Presidentes and Tenientes would be hanged, and that there
-would be cock-fights every day of the week; the ladrones took them to
-mean the entire abolition of any form of police; but old Felizardo,
-who was now sixty years of age and the wisest man in the Islands,
-laughed scornfully.
-
-"The Americanos will let them bolo one another for a while," he said,
-"then they will send an army to put those who remain in order. Still,
-it is not my quarrel. I claim nothing beyond my mountains."
-
-None the less, he strengthened the outposts on the lower slopes of the
-range, and when the Provisional Government in Manila sent envoys to ask
-him to join them, the rather nervous mestizos who brought the message
-were sent back, very flustered, with their mission unfulfilled. Then
-came other envoys, truculent ones this time, with orders to Felizardo
-to make his submission to the Sovereign People, the latter being
-represented by a few score of coffee-coloured little men in khaki
-uniforms, with huge red sashes, huge red epaulettes, and even more
-huge sabres, which they loved to jangle over the cobble-stones of
-the towns, greatly to their own glory, and much to the detriment
-of their scabbards. Felizardo, hearing of them, laughed again--his
-official uniform was a suit of white duck and a broad-brimmed straw
-hat--then he said to Dolores, whose girlish prettiness had changed
-now to a sweet-faced dignity: "The corporal of the Guardia Civil
-at Calocan--you remember, the old one--would alone have put them to
-flight, beating them with the flat of his sword. They tell me those
-patriots have hewn down the gallows at Calocan. Well, it was old;
-and, in any case, the Americanos would doubtless have put up a new
-one--for these patriots."
-
-But when the second deputation, that to demand his instant submission
-to the will of the Sovereign People, arrived, and Felizardo heard
-that the envoys were generals, wearing that same gorgeous uniform, he
-waxed wroth, and ordered that those distinguished soldier-diplomats
-should be brought to him. "Bring them, sabres, revolvers, and all,"
-he said. "Let them climb the mountains, and climb rather fast, as I
-am in a hurry to see the great sight."
-
-Possibly, his orders were taken too literally. At any rate, two of the
-envoys fainted half way up the mountain-side, and had to be revived
-with pricks from the point of a bolo; whilst even the third, who
-was of a tougher breed, had none of his truculence left when he found
-himself face to face with that quiet, wizened little man. Moreover, the
-ends of the scabbards were worn and dented beyond all hope of repair,
-and when, in obedience to Felizardo's order, the owners attempted to
-draw their sabres in salute, not one of them could get the blade out.
-
-One or two of Felizardo's men--there were over a hundred clustered
-round--laughed; but the chief himself looked grave. "Patriot generals
-should do better than that," he said. "I fear you would be certain to
-die for your country if an enemy were to meet you in that state. I
-can remember the days when our people were content with a bolo in a
-wooden sheath."
-
-A laugh went round the semicircle of his followers, each of whom
-had one of the weapons in question strapped round his waist. But the
-envoys did not laugh. Somehow, Felizardo's courtesy seemed to jar on
-their nerves.
-
-"What do you want here, on my mountains? Where is the message you
-have to bring me?" The chiefs manner changed suddenly.
-
-The envoys exchanged glances; then the eldest of them, rather
-reluctantly, produced an official-looking document, decorated with
-a large seal. Felizardo read the paper carefully, then handed it to
-a youngster who was standing behind his chair. "Burn that, Enrique,"
-he said; and after that he turned to the envoys again. "What are your
-names, O Generals of the Sovereign People?" he asked.
-
-They gave him names, and then, after telling the eldest to stand to
-one side, he called to his men. "Do you know these two?" he asked.
-
-One they identified as the late door-keeper at the Palace, and the
-other as a money-lender in a Manila suburb.
-
-Felizardo nodded; then he beckoned to the third man. "You are the son
-of Cinicio Dagujob," he said. "You were one of the band of ladrones
-which burned San Juan two years ago. Do not deny it. I know you." Then
-he nodded to his men. "Hang him," he said curtly; and they led the
-general away, sullen, defiant, unresisting, a ladrone to the end,
-and hanged him, with his great sabre still on him.
-
-After that, Felizardo called up the other two. "You shall go back
-to Manila, with this message from Felizardo.--Your government talks
-of the will of the Sovereign People and the Law of Liberty. I,
-Felizardo, say that here, in my mountains, where I am the sovereign
-chief, there is only one law, the Law of the Bolo, to which every man
-becomes subject the moment he sets foot on my land. Tell them that in
-Manila. See that you tell it faithfully, lest I come down to Manila
-and tell it them myself. And now, O Generals of the Sovereign People,
-you shall be well flogged, so that you may remember Felizardo, and
-then you shall go back with the message of the Bolo."
-
-The Provisional Government passed a resolution, or rather a series of
-resolutions, on the subject of Felizardo, declaring him to be a rebel,
-an outlaw, a tyrant, and an Enemy of the People, whilst a bishop
-whom it had appointed--ratification from Rome was sure to come to
-Catholic patriots--solemnly excommunicated the whole band; but when
-they called for a volunteer to deliver copies of the resolutions to
-Felizardo, none was forthcoming, even though they promised a general's
-commission to any man who undertook the task. But they sent no force
-against the chief of the mountains, and, almost before they had got
-half-way through their discussions on the subject of dealing with him,
-the American Army arrived and, as the soldiers put it, began to clear
-up the mess.
-
-A few weeks later, the Provisional Government itself had taken to
-the hills; and many a time, when the Americans were hard on their
-heels, members of that same government looked longingly at Felizardo's
-mountains, and thought of the shelter to be obtained there, or rather
-of the shelter which might have been obtained there, had Felizardo
-not been a tyrant and an Enemy of the People. Yet none even set foot
-in his territory, for that message of his concerning the Law of the
-Bolo had been repeated faithfully in Manila; and all men, at least
-all Filipinos, knew that Felizardo was a man of his word.
-
-So the Americans chased the insurrectos--that is, the troops of the
-late Provisional Government--and the ladrones, and the head-hunters
-who were Felizardo's northern neighbours, gathered in the stragglers
-on both sides, each doing in accordance with his customs; but the
-mountains were left alone. Then, as all the world knows, or ought
-to know, just as the army had the insurrectos nicely in hand, and
-was about to capture, and hang comfortably, the worst offenders,
-the exigencies of party politics in the United States led to the
-institution of Civil Government throughout the Islands. The army
-was withdrawn; the members of the late Provisional Government
-were absolved of their murders and their rapes, and their other
-abominations, and made governors of provinces, and commissioners,
-and even judges; and from these the Civil Government first learned of
-Felizardo and his wicked ways, how he had flogged, and even hanged,
-pure Filipino patriots; and Mr Commissioner Furber, the head of the
-new department of Constabulary and Trade--a rather infelicitous,
-or invidious, combination--decided that Felizardo, the Enemy of the
-People, must be rooted out and destroyed; for Mr Commissioner Furber,
-like Mr Collector Sharler of the Customs, who had a native wife, was a
-firm believer in that great and glorious and democratic doctrine, which
-declared that the Filipino was the white man's Little Brown Brother,
-whilst, obviously, this same Felizardo, whom the ex-generals declared
-to be a common ladrone, had no fraternal feelings at all. So the doom
-of Felizardo was signed and sealed, and the only thing remaining to be
-done was the carrying out of the sentence--a small matter surely when
-the latter had been pronounced by a Commissioner of great power. It is
-at this point that Captain Basil Hayle of the Philippines Constabulary,
-late Sergeant Hayle of the Garrison Artillery, U.S.A., comes into
-the story; for he was the man deputed to carry out the dread fiat of
-Mr Commissioner Furber, which led to his going up into the mountains
-and learning the Law of the Bolo.
-
-Basil Hayle took his discharge from the Army in Manila at the earliest
-possible opportunity. He was a little tired of garrison gunnery as
-practised in the Islands, and was anxious to join one of the new corps
-of native troops then being formed. The chance came quickly. The
-Civil Government, desirous of proving to the Army how beautifully
-it could manage without professional assistance, raised a force of
-its own, the Philippines Constabulary, the rank and file of which
-was composed of any stray natives who felt sufficiently energetic to
-enlist, whilst the officers consisted mainly of discharged private
-soldiers. The equipping of the Constabulary gave the politicians in
-the Government offices the chance of their lives. The rifles were
-Springfield carbines, manufactured in the early 'seventies; most of
-the ammunition would not fire; whilst the clothing and boots were of
-the very worst quality imaginable, purchased at the very best prices.
-
-It is one thing to raise officers for such a corps, quite another thing
-to keep them. Basil Hayle, however, was amongst those who remained,
-and, as a result, he quickly found himself promoted captain of a
-company of some sixty surly, ragged little men, natives of Manila
-and its immediate neighbourhood, who could neither drill nor shoot,
-whose objects in life were to smoke cigarettes, play monte, and,
-whenever the chance occurred, slip away to a cock-fight, from which
-they generally returned penniless and incoherent.
-
-Basil did his best with them. He contrived to be sent to an
-out-station, in the hopes of getting them in hand; but the sole
-result was that five joined a local band of ladrones, taking their
-carbines and their friends' money with them, whilst five more returned
-hurriedly, and without leave, to Manila, to lay their grievances
-before a fellow-countryman, an ex-colonel of the Army of Liberty,
-who was now chief secretary to Mr Commissioner Furber. Meanwhile,
-Captain Hayle's subaltern, a youth from Boston, had married a native
-woman, a proceeding which aroused all Basil's bitterest Southern
-prejudices. The incident moved him to speech, and he spoke with so
-much emphasis, and so much effect, that from that time onwards he
-was short of an officer. Then, to crown it all, a runner came in with
-peremptory orders from the Commissioner for him to bring his company
-back to Manila and explain his arbitrary proceedings.
-
-This time, there was no one to whom he could speak emphatically, save
-the messenger, who knew no English, whilst, so far, his own knowledge
-of Spanish expletives was limited; consequently, he had to keep it all
-for the Commissioner, who, having regarded him hitherto as a silent,
-docile man, even if he were a Southerner--Furber himself came from
-Boston--was distinctly surprised and pained, as Basil had intended
-he should be. Still, in the end, they parted, if not good friends,
-at least with a temporary understanding. So many useful officers
-had resigned recently that the Commissioner dare not let another go;
-moreover, he had just been made fully acquainted with the evil deeds
-of Felizardo, that enemy of Progress and the Sovereign People; and
-Basil Hayle seemed a very suitable man to go and rout out the nest
-of brigands in the mountains.
-
-Hayle accepted the commission joyfully, knowing nothing of Felizardo,
-of whom he now heard for the first time. He was in the service
-purely for the sake of excitement and experience, and this task of
-clearing those mountains, which he had so often admired, of a gang of
-brigands and murderers seemed to promise him both. That same night,
-after dinner, he went to the Orpheum, the music-hall of Manila,
-and, meeting Clancy of the Manila Star in the entrance, was taken
-into the Press box, whence you can obtain the finest view of those
-young ladies who are imported at vast expense, and apparently with
-only part of their wardrobes, from Australia and the China Coast to
-elevate and amuse the public of Manila.
-
-Clancy had known the Philippines in the Spanish days, and Basil turned
-to him for information.
-
-"Ever heard of a ladrone called Felizardo?" he asked,
-
-"No"--Clancy had a passion for correct expressions--"but I have heard
-of an old man called Felizardo, who for the last five-and-twenty
-years has been recognised by the Spaniards as the chief of that
-range of mountains over there. He was an outlaw, certainly, but a
-regular ladrone, never. The Spaniards were too wise to worry him,
-and he left them alone. Why, what's the matter with him now? Has he
-been hanging any more patriots?"
-
-"No, only I've got to go out and catch him, and break up his
-band." There was a note of defiance in Hayle's voice. He was young,
-after all, a bare eight-and-twenty, and he did not like even the
-possibility of ridicule.
-
-But Clancy was very grave now. "You are going up there?" he said. "You,
-who are new at the game yourself, going up against Felizardo, with that
-ragged crowd of yours? Why, man, it's absurd. Twenty companies like
-yours wouldn't suffice for the job. Your people must be stark raving
-mad"--Clancy was an Irishman. "Take my advice and go sick. You'll be
-cut to pieces the moment you set foot on Felizardo's mountains,"
-
-Basil got up stiffly. "Thanks," he said, "but I shall not take your
-advice. I have been ordered to go, and I shall go--to-morrow, if
-possible," and he went out.
-
-Clancy looked after him, and shrugged his shoulders. "A fool and
-his folly," he muttered; "or, rather, fools and their folly. Still,
-it is a pity."
-
-However, Captain Hayle did not start for the mountains the following
-day, nor for many days after. Incautiously, or perhaps fortunately,
-he mentioned their destination to his serjeant, who repeated the
-news to the men, with the result that there were only three members
-of the company, the serjeant and two corporals, old soldiers of the
-Spanish times, who answered to the roll-call that evening. The rest
-had found urgent business elsewhere, and half of them had forgotten
-to leave their carbines behind.
-
-It was a very angry and shamed-faced Captain of Constabulary who
-reported the occurrence to the Commissioner on the following morning;
-but, greatly to his surprise, that official was almost sympathetic.
-
-"I cannot say I was altogether unprepared for it," he said. "In fact,
-since I saw you, I have heard so many absurd stories concerning this
-Felizardo, who seems to be a kind of supernatural person in the eyes
-of the common people here, that I can understand your poor, ignorant
-soldiers going."
-
-"They took twenty-eight carbines," Hayle interjected grimly.
-
-The Commissioner smiled. "My secretary assures me those will be
-returned. There is no vice in those Little Brown Brothers of ours. It
-is only men like this Felizardo who cause all the trouble.... Well,
-Captain Hayle, there is a company in Manila now, one which was raised
-in the Island of Samar by Captain Marten, who has just died. You had
-better take command of that. You will find those Samar men are not
-afraid of Felizardo."
-
-So Basil Hayle took over the sixty-five little brown men from Samar,
-and spent the better part of a fortnight trying to instil some idea of
-discipline into their heads; then, with infinite trouble, he managed
-to get some tolerably reliable ammunition from the stores, and bought
-boots for his men out of his own pocket, though he knew that the money
-would be stolen. And after that he went back to the Commissioner,
-and reported that he was ready, adding: "It would be as well if one
-of these Manila men, who gave you the information about Felizardo,
-came along as guide." But all those same Manila men had, it appeared,
-very pressing private business which they could not leave, and, anyway,
-as the Commissioner said: "If you search long enough, you are bound to
-come on these outlaws;" whereat, Captain Hayle went out, shrugging his
-shoulders. He had been making a few enquiries, from Spaniards and other
-folk likely to know, and he had come to the conclusion that it was far
-more probable that Felizardo would find him. Still, Clancy of the Star
-had put him on his mettle, and he was determined to go through with it.
-
-At Igut, where the corporal of the Guardia Civil had landed thirty
-years before, there was a garrison consisting of a company of the
-Philippine Scouts, a force which held itself to be vastly superior
-to the Constabulary, for, though the rank and file of both were drawn
-from the same classes, the Scouts were under the Army, and so had food
-and clothing and high pay, and other advantages, which, if given to
-an Asiatic, tend to make him proud and mutinous and careful of his
-own skin. They had rebuilt Igut since the corporal's day, and there
-was now a regular plaza with half a dozen stone-built houses on it,
-and a gaol and barracks and many nipa-shacks and a church; in fact,
-there was accommodation for all classes of the community, save the
-pigs, and fowls, and pariah-dogs, which wandered at large, spreading
-disease. Still, even with these drawbacks, it was an important
-place. The Presidente was an ex-member of the Provisional Government,
-whom the army was just going to hang for torturing a bugler to death,
-when the Civil Government saved him; the principal merchant was a
-nephew of old Don José Ramirez of Calocan; whilst Captain Bush, the
-officer in command of the Scouts, lived with his wife in the large
-white-washed house at the top corner of the plaza. Igut had changed
-greatly since the day when Felizardo had the heads of the ladrones
-stuck on posts along the beach, and insisted on the corporal having
-the credit for the victory.
-
-A wheezy little steamer took Captain Hayle and his men across the
-bay. At first, the skipper suggested that he should land the party at
-Igut; but, greatly to his disgust, Hayle declined. There was another
-tiny harbour practically at the foot of the mountains, and there
-was no sense in tramping ten miles or so through the jungle when you
-could go much more comfortably by water. It was nothing to Basil if
-the mestizo skipper happened to be in a hurry to get back in time for
-a big cock-fight. So, in the end, they disembarked at the village of
-Katubig, which consisted of a score of nipa-shacks along the edge of
-the beach, the sort of place which could be burned with the greatest
-ease any night, if you were not on good terms with the ladrones--or,
-more important still, not under the protection of Felizardo--facts
-which struck Captain Hayle at once, and made him very careful and a
-little anxious.
-
-Felizardo had received ample warning of the coming of the Constabulary;
-in fact, ten of the deserters from Hayle's old company had arrived,
-with their carbines, and begged to be admitted to the band; but,
-though the chief had retained the weapons, which would be useful, he
-had declined the services of the men, arguing that if they had been
-unfaithful to the Americanos, they would possibly be unfaithful to him.
-
-He was perfectly able to hold his own in the mountains, of that he had
-no doubt; but still Hayle's expedition worried him, because it showed
-that the Americanos did not mean to continue the sensible Spanish
-policy of leaving him alone. For years past he had given up active
-ladronism, having no further need to practise anything of the kind,
-and he was both annoyed and astonished that the new authorities in
-Manila should think of interfering with him. It never occurred to
-him that, in addition to having incurred the enmity of the Manila
-mestizos, he was also an anachronism--that he represented a condition
-of affairs which Mr Commissioner Furber and his colleagues could not
-allow to continue, that his personal independence was contrary to all
-the accepted theories of law and order, as well as to the Declaration
-of Independence, because, as the Commissioners had heard on the very
-best authority, he was a tyrant and an Enemy of the People.
-
-If Felizardo had understood these things, he might have acted
-differently, and have made his peace with Manila. True, he was growing
-old, and a little weary, and old men are less ready for strife than
-are the younger ones; but, at the same time, they are less ready to
-change their points of view, and the one fixed idea in Felizardo's
-mind was that the mountains belonged to him. Still, he did not want to
-bring on a crisis; and so he sent word to his outposts on the lower
-slopes, to the villages in the valley, and to the head-hunters on
-the northern side, that the Americanos were to be turned back with as
-little bloodshed as possible--which was fortunate for Captain Basil
-Hayle and his men.
-
-The Constabulary remained one night at Katubig, the Teniente of which
-proved to be a most courteous old native, very full of information
-concerning Felizardo and his evil ways; in fact, so anxious was he to
-see the band broken up, that he even offered to let his own servant
-guide Hayle and his men to the brigands' camp, which, he said, was
-some twenty miles away, towards the end of the range. For a moment,
-Basil hesitated. It seemed a little too easy. Then he recollected
-that his only alternative was to blunder forward without a guide of
-any sort, and so he accepted the offer.
-
-Twenty miles may not seem a great distance in a civilised country,
-where there are roads, or, at least, paths; but twenty miles along
-the lower slopes of Felizardo's mountains, forcing one's way through
-the dense jungle, with the necessity of being prepared for attack at
-any moment, is a very different matter. It took two days to do the
-journey, and when the column arrived, weary and hungry, at the spur
-of the big volcano, just beyond which Felizardo's camp was supposed
-to be, and camped down for the night, Basil discovered that the guide
-had slipped away into the bush.
-
-The situation was not a pleasant one. The whole way they had seen no
-trace either of ladrones or of tao. There was no chance of getting
-another guide, no chance of obtaining information; whilst for lack of
-cargadores, or carriers, they had only been able to take five days'
-food supply with them. In the circumstances, most men would have made
-their way straight back to Katubig, and then have started afresh;
-but the idea was utterly repugnant to Captain Hayle. He felt that,
-so far, he had shown himself a helpless amateur, and that to return
-meekly would be to make a public confession of failure. He spent half
-the night sitting beside the fire, smoking, and trying to think out a
-plan. He realised now the extreme difficulty of his task, the absurdity
-of it even--they had set a white man who had not the slightest idea
-of the geography of the range to track down a native outlaw who had
-spent thirty-five years there, and knew every inch of the ground.
-
-Nine Constabulary officers out of ten would have reported the job to
-be hopeless. Basil Hayle happened to be the tenth man, and, before he
-lay down to sleep, he had decided to do the thing scientifically--to
-explore the range from end to end, even if he took months over doing
-it, and then to ask for an adequate force with which to round up the
-outlaws. It was the only way.
-
-In accordance with this plan, he did the one thing which neither
-Felizardo, nor any one else, would have expected him to do--at the
-first streak of dawn he started to climb straight up the mountain-side,
-beyond the jungle, beyond the scrub which succeeded the jungle,
-on to the rocky ground itself, and there he had his first fight.
-
-Afterwards, Felizardo hanged two of the survivors for not keeping a
-proper lookout; but, though that prevented similar mishaps for the
-future, it did not alter the essential fact that the outlaws were
-badly beaten. They had a camp--it was one of their largest outpost
-stations--on a great ledge of rock, from which, on a clear day, you
-could see Manila itself. Two large caves furnished the main shelter,
-but in addition to these there were half a dozen little huts, amongst
-which the men were sitting, smoking and playing cards, when Basil
-Hayle and his men suddenly appeared. For once, the rifle had its chance
-against the bolo, or rather the bolo had no chance at all. Moreover,
-the Constabulary were superior numerically. The first volley really
-settled the question; and when a dozen bolomen did rally and attempt
-a rush, half-heartedly, knowing that the bolo should be used in the
-jungle or in the darkness, they were beaten back easily.
-
-Five minutes later, everything was over; and then Basil Hayle made
-a discovery which was to alter the whole of his after-life. There
-were half a dozen women and children in one of the caves, weeping
-and clinging to one another. Basil drew back hurriedly. He did not
-like to see things like that, especially as most of them were young,
-and one, a mestiza, was extremely nice-looking. The position was
-rather awkward, he told himself. He had not the slightest intention
-of taking them along with him, and yet, if he left them up there,
-on that ledge of rock, with three or four badly wounded outlaws as
-their sole guard, no one could tell what might happen. Possibly,
-Felizardo's main camp was twenty miles away, and, from what he had
-heard of the old man's character, it was quite likely that none of
-the few members of the outpost who had escaped unhurt would be in a
-hurry to return to their leader.
-
-Basil pushed his hat back and scratched his head. What right had
-women to be mixed up in an affair like this? Then, suddenly, his
-eyes fell on the only unwounded prisoner, a sullen-looking youth,
-who had been knocked down with the butt-end of a carbine. "Come here,"
-he said. "Do you know Felizardo's camp?"
-
-The boy looked at him suspiciously; then Basil went on: "Go and
-tell him to come and fetch these women and the wounded men. See? Get
-along now."
-
-He needed no second bidding. He had been expecting to be taken down
-to the coast and hanged as a ladrone, and he did not feel quite
-sure that such was not to be his fate until he was actually out of
-sight round the next spur of the mountain; then he doubled back,
-and re-passed the Constabulary out of sight, for, like a true outlaw,
-he had taken the precaution of starting off in the wrong direction.
-
-Had Basil Hayle been a more experienced, or a less chivalrous man,
-he would have waited, on the chance of Felizardo himself coming along
-presently, in which case this story would have ended abruptly, so
-far as the Constabulary officer was concerned; for the force which
-presently arrived, expecting some such trap, had both rifles and
-bolos, and crept in cautiously from all sides; but, by that time,
-the Constabulary were miles away, scrambling over the rocks in great
-good-humour, for had they not won their first fight, and acquired,
-not only glory, but loot as well in the form of bolos, and playing
-cards, and clothes, and, most important of all, cigarettes?
-
-The Captain, too, was satisfied, feeling he had made a good
-start. Moreover, he had secured an additional two days' provisions,
-and so would be able to explore the whole of one side of the range
-before returning to Katubig.
-
-The Teniente of Katubig was very apologetic about the guide. It was
-all a mistake, he said. The man had taken them to the foot of the
-wrong volcano, and then, fearing to be punished, had fled. Still,
-every one was glad to hear that the Senor Capitaine had inflicted a
-severe blow on that villain, Felizardo, who would doubtless now see
-the wisdom of submission to those great-hearted Americanos, who had
-saved the Islands from the oppressions of both the Spaniards and the
-insurrectos. As for the ladrones----
-
-Basil cut his eloquence short. "How did you hear about our fight?" he
-demanded.
-
-For an instant the Teniente looked troubled, then he laughed. "I
-forgot. There is one here, a young tao by his appearance, who has
-been waiting for three days past with a letter for you. He it was
-who had heard of the fight."
-
-Hayle frowned. "Send him in to me," he said. The moment the messenger
-entered, the American knew him again; but the Teniente, who was
-watching closely, detected no sign of recognition; nor did Basil's
-face give him any clue to the contents of the letter, which ran:--
-
-
- "Felizardo thanks the American captain for returning to him his
- daughter, and the other women, and also the wounded men. That
- is how brave men make war; and if at any time Felizardo has the
- opportunity of doing a similar service, assuredly it will be
- performed. On the other hand, in the mountains, which belong to
- Felizardo, there is only one law, the Law of the Bolo, and those
- who come as enemies will be met with the bolo. This was the word
- Felizardo sent to the insurrectos, and he sends the same message
- to the Americanos. Though, perhaps, some day he may be able to
- show the captain of the Samar men that he can be an enemy and a
- friend at the same time."
-
-
-Captain Basil Hayle folded the letter carefully, and thrust it into
-an inner pocket. "H'm!" he muttered, "Felizardo's own daughter--the
-well-dressed, pretty mestiza, I suppose. I don't think I shall mention
-this to Furber--or to any one else, for that matter, as they wouldn't
-understand."
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-HOW MRS BUSH HEARD OF THE LAW OF THE BOLO
-
-
-After he received the letter from Felizardo, thanking him for returning
-his daughter, promising to repay the service when an opportunity
-occurred, and threatening him with the Law of the Bolo if he dared
-to come, as an American officer, on to his mountains, Captain Basil
-Hayle spent three days in Katubig, resting his men, and preparing
-to do the very thing which Felizardo had forbidden. His duty was to
-destroy the community of outlaws in the mountains; yet, though at the
-first encounter he had scored an easy victory, he was by no means
-sure that he could repeat the process. It is one thing for troops
-armed with carbines to surprise bolomen in the open, quite another
-thing when the bolomen jump out on the troops in the dense jungle,
-where you hardly have time to bring your carbine to your shoulder once,
-much less have time to reload, before they are right on you, slashing
-and jabbing with their hateful knives, under cover of the smoke.
-
-So far, Basil Hayle had had practically no experience of jungle
-fighting, but he had a very shrewd notion of what it would be like;
-and, whilst his little Constabulary soldiers were full of confidence
-and ardour, as a result of their first victory, he looked forward
-with a certain amount of misgiving, not because he was afraid--he
-was physically incapable of fear--but because, having started the
-hunting of Felizardo, he was anxious to see the job through to the end.
-
-He heard a good deal of Felizardo during those three days; for on the
-night of his return a curious little tramp steamer wheezed into the
-bay, and put ashore an equally curious old Spaniard, a hemp-buyer;
-and from him Basil Hayle learned many things; for the newcomer had
-known Don José Ramirez and the corporal of the Guardia Civil, and could
-remember the building of what was then the new gallows at Calocan, on
-which they had hanged Cinicio Dagujob the ladrone thirty-five years
-before. Consequently, he was able to tell Basil, who was only too
-ready to hear, all about how Felizardo had slain Pablo the priest,
-and had run off with Dolores Lasara, and had taken to the mountains,
-of which he was now the ruler.
-
-Basil Hayle asked many questions, and with each answer he grew
-to have more respect for the power of the wizened little man whom
-he was to hunt down--if he could. Of Dolores Lasara the Spaniard
-could tell him little. "I saw her once, and--I was very young then,
-younger than you are now--I thought her the most beautiful mestiza in
-the Islands. Perhaps she was; at any rate, many men have died because
-Felizardo loved her so well. She is still alive, they say; and I hear
-there is a daughter." Basil coloured involuntarily. "How do I hear all
-these things? Oh, now that they no longer have reason to fear us, we
-Spaniards can go anywhere, just as the English have always done. The
-Law of the Bolo is for other Filipinos, and for you Americanos"--he
-laughed gently--"you will learn that law by and by. So far, you have
-hardly begun to know it. If we had taken those insurrectos, those
-generals and colonels and majors, we should have hanged them, and
-finished all the foolishness. You create them judges and governors,
-and make it worse. This same Felizardo knows better than that, even
-though he may have been born a tao and have killed a priest."
-
-Just as the Constabulary were starting out on the fourth morning,
-the old Spaniard gave their officer one last word of advice. "I say
-you are mad to go on Felizardo's mountains at all--what harm does the
-old man do to your American politicians in Manila?--but you will be
-more than mad if you go round on the northern slopes."
-
-"Why?" Hayle demanded.
-
-The Spaniard smiled. "Head-hunters--hundreds of them they say, more
-dangerous than any bolomen. I have never been there to see. No, Senor;
-but I have heard often. What are they, Senor? How much you Americanos
-have to learn about these Islands! Why, just savages--quite different
-from the Filipinos--nearly naked. Their pleasure in life is to collect
-heads, just as your great men collect millions of dollars."
-
-"What a pleasant notion!" Hayle's voice was quite cheerful. "No, Senor,
-I am not going the head-hunters' direction this time; but I may do
-so soon. Still, if I do, I shall come back to tell you all about it."
-
-The old man shook his head rather sadly as he walked away. "Perhaps,"
-he muttered, "perhaps--but first old Felizardo, then the head-hunters,
-and only sixty half-trained Samar tao as his troops. They are rash,
-very rash, these young Americans. A nice lad, too." He sighed heavily,
-and went back to the weighing of his hemp.
-
-Captain Hayle had decided to explore the seaward end of the range,
-where the mountains ran almost down to the shore of the great bay;
-consequently, from Katubig he followed the coast until he came to
-what looked like a suitable place for beginning his climb. Up to that
-point, he had not seen a sign of any human being, not heard a sound,
-save that of the waves breaking on the shore, and the wind murmuring
-through the cocoa-nut palms; but no sooner had he started to force his
-way into the jungle on the lower slopes, than a deep note boomed out,
-apparently from the tree-tops a few hundred yards away; a moment later,
-it was repeated, higher up the hill, and then again and yet again, in
-a dozen places, until every native for miles round must have heard it.
-
-Basil stopped abruptly. "What is that?" he demanded of his serjeant.
-
-The man made an expressive gesture. "The Boudjon, Senor,
-the alarm-horn. Now, every one of these ladrones knows we are
-coming. Either we shall see none at all, or we shall see too many."
-
-Basil muttered an oath, then, "Come on," he said. "The quicker we
-move, the better our chances;" but already his own hopes of another
-successful fight had vanished. Obviously, Felizardo's men were not
-to be caught asleep a second time.
-
-It had been raining all night, and as a result the slope, bad enough
-at any time by reason of its horrible steepness, was now trebly bad
-on account of the slippery red clay underfoot. There was no trail of
-any sort; it was just a matter of forcing one's way through the dense,
-soaking undergrowth, of fighting one's way upwards, half-blinded with
-perspiration all the time, of dragging one's boots, which now seemed
-to weigh a hundred pounds each, out of that horrible mire at every
-step, and then sliding back half the distance one had advanced. It
-was impossible to keep in any sort of order so as to be ready to meet
-an attack. There were always stragglers, those who got tangled up in
-the vines, or had their boots wrenched off by the mud. Basil Hayle
-went ahead, and trusted that his men, who were born to the jungle,
-were keeping up with him, for at no time could he actually see them
-all, on account of the dense bush.
-
-They had gone, perhaps, half a mile up the hillside when he was
-suddenly convinced that men were watching him, that in the jungle
-ahead, and on both sides too, there were bolomen closing in. He paused
-and looked round, and saw nothing; looked round again and caught a
-glimpse of something white behind a bush. At the same moment, the
-serjeant, who was just behind him, saw it too, and gave a shout. The
-Constabulary tried to close up, but the last man was a full hundred
-yards behind, down the slope, and it was too late. The bolomen broke
-cover--a couple of hundred of them at least--whilst the Constabulary
-were still a helpless rabble, and the ragged volley which the plucky
-little Samar men let off only made matters worse. Possibly, it injured
-some of the trees and bushes; certainly, one bullet did get a boloman
-square in the throat; but under cover of the smoke, which hung like
-a pall in that breathless atmosphere, the outlaws rushed in.
-
-The Constabulary died game. They were from Samar, Visayans by race,
-and the outlaws were natives of Luzon, Tagalogs; and between Visayan
-and Tagalog there is a never-dying blood-feud. Those who had bolos
-dropped their carbines, and set to work in their national fashion;
-those who had no bolos clubbed their carbines, and did their best
-that way. All died standing up, and almost every Visayan killed or
-wounded a Tagalog before he himself went down. They upheld the honour
-of Samar that day on the slopes of Felizardo's mountains, when the
-Tagalog outlaws were three to one, and had the additional advantage
-of surprising a winded column.
-
-Basil found himself with a little group of some fifteen men. The
-bolomen were in between him and the rest of his party, and so thick
-was the smoke--for, despite his orders, those round him continued to
-blaze away wildly--that he could see nothing of what was occurring
-below. Only, knowing that the outlaws were in overwhelming force,
-and hearing no more shots from the rest of his column, he could guess
-with a fair degree of certainty.
-
-There were no bolomen above him now, so far as he could make out,
-and when at last the smoke cleared away, he could see none on the
-slope below. Nor could he see any of his other men, at least until
-he went down to look for them. Then he found them, and every one he
-saw was dead, usually with a dead outlaw somewhere near him.
-
-He did not stay to count the bodies; he did not even go through what
-would have been the perfectly useless formality of ascertaining if
-any were still alive. For some inexplicable reason the outlaws had
-disappeared--they had not even made an attempt against him and his own
-little group--but they might be back at any moment, and his first duty
-was to get his pitiful handful of survivors into a place of safety.
-
-As they hurried down the hillside, Basil blamed himself savagely
-for his folly. He had gone on blindly, in face of the warning of
-the alarm-horn, in face of Felizardo's warning, taking his brave
-little fellows to certain death; and then, in the end, he had escaped
-without even one single boloman having attempted his life. Moreover,
-he had remained where he was, whilst his men were being cut to pieces
-below him. At first, this latter thought was the most bitter of all;
-then suddenly he understood, with a great sense of relief--Felizardo
-had ordered his life to be spared, and if he had led those last
-fifteen through the smoke they, too, would have been sacrificed
-uselessly. Still, it was galling to feel you owed your life to the
-clemency of an old outlaw, whom you had been sent out to catch.
-
-He wondered what they would say in Manila. They would get his first
-message, telling how he had surprised the outpost on the slope of the
-volcano; and now he would have to send a second message--a message
-of a very different character--reporting that he had lost fifty men
-and fifty carbines, that the outlaws had scored a victory, the news
-of which would carry hope and encouragement to the hearts of all the
-criminal and all the disloyal elements in the Islands.
-
-He wondered too what his men would think of him. They were keeping
-very close at his heels, expecting another attack any moment. He
-glanced back over his shoulder, half-fearing to meet with scornful or
-reproachful looks; but they were loyal little fellows, being simple
-tao, and, in their half-savage way, they were very sorry for him. The
-serjeant, a grizzled veteran who had received his first training at
-Calocan, under the successor of the old corporal of the Guardia Civil,
-tried to comfort him. "It is Fate, Senor. Why worry? Last time we had
-the luck; to-day the luck is with those accursed ladrones. Doubtless,
-next time we shall have our chance again. We could not help it. If we
-had charged, instead of keeping where we were, they would have had
-us too, and there would have been none to avenge our comrades. They
-were three to one all the time; and they were fresh, whilst we were
-exhausted with the climbing and the mud. It was their day to-day,
-Senor; to-morrow, it will be ours!"
-
-The little men following behind grunted approval, which eased Basil's
-mind considerably, knowing, as he did, that they were reliable judges.
-
-They saw no trace of the outlaws as they made their way down to the
-beach, though three of the men whom they had reckoned dead, scrambled
-through the jungle to rejoin them. Basil breathed more freely when
-he found himself back in the cocoa-nut grove, off Felizardo's ground,
-where, at least, one had a chance to shoot.
-
-"We will get to Katubig as quickly as possible," he said to the
-serjeant. "I don't think they will follow us there; but, even if they
-do, we can put up a fight in one of the houses."
-
-Five minutes later, however, he began to think his confidence had
-not been justified; for one of the men, happening to look back,
-caught sight of a figure moving along the edge of the jungle, where
-the bush ended and the cocoa-nut grove began, and then they caught
-fleeting glimpses of many, though all the time there was nothing at
-which to shoot.
-
-Basil did the right thing. He led his men on to the beach itself,
-where the boloman has to come within range of the carbines long before
-he reaches you, and there is always sufficient breeze to clear away
-the smoke.
-
-They marched quickly, or rather they hurried along--as Basil Hayle
-told himself bitterly, they were the remnant of a defeated force
-in full retreat--and all the time they were aware that the bolomen
-were following just at the edge of the jungle; then, suddenly, they
-rounded the point by Katubig, when you come in sight of the village,
-and for a moment they forgot even the bolomen, for Katubig was in
-flames. Half the nipa and bamboo houses, including that in which
-the Constabulary supplies were stored, had already collapsed, whilst
-another five minutes would see the rest practically gutted.
-
-Captain Hayle groaned. "Well, of all the infernal luck----" he began;
-then he noticed that there was not a single native in sight, not a
-single canoe left on the beach, and straightway he understood. Katubig
-was practically one of Felizardo's villages--he was a fool not to
-have thought of that before--and the old chief no longer intended it
-to be used as a base for operations against himself.
-
-There was practically only one course open to Basil, and he
-decided instantly to take it. He had no axes, no tools of any sort;
-consequently, there was no possibility of making anything in the
-way of a stockade, whilst to remain in the open with only eighteen
-men was to invite a further and final disaster. No, he must cover
-the ten or twelve miles to Igut, where there was a company of the
-Philippine Scouts quartered. There he would be safe, and from there
-he could send a report of his defeat to Manila. It was not a pleasant
-prospect. The Constabulary and the Scouts did not love one another
-overmuch, and it was humiliating to have to seek refuge with the
-rival force. Still, he could see no alternative. Even as he decided,
-he could catch glimpses of Felizardo's bolomen in the background,
-dodging from bush to bush, never giving a chance for a shot, but
-still driving him back from Felizardo's mountains. He glanced at
-the sun. It was about one o'clock--Heavens, how much seemed to have
-happened since sunrise!--if he went straight on, and there was no
-sense in going into the burning village itself, he would be at Igut
-by sunset, provided the path were not unusually bad.
-
-The men heaved sighs of relief when they learned their
-destination. They had had enough of the mountains to last them for
-a day or two; it was going to pour with rain again that night; and
-the prospect of sleeping, or rather of trying to sleep, in the open
-with Felizardo's bolomen prowling round, just outside the circle of
-firelight, was not an exhilarating one. Consequently, they started off
-for Igut very cheerfully. True, they had lost most of their comrades,
-and had been badly beaten by the accursed Tagalog outlaws; but, after
-all, what matter? They themselves were all right. They had plenty
-of cigarettes for the march: they could buy plenty more in Igut,
-in addition to spirits; whilst, doubtless, the Scouts would have
-money to lose at monte; moreover, next time they met Felizardo's men,
-the fight would go the other way--of that they felt sure....
-
-Somehow, Igut seemed well-named. The word might mean anything, but the
-sound expressed the town itself, at least to Western ears. The place
-might appear picturesque, almost fascinating, to a chance visitor,
-who knew that he was going to leave it in a few hours; but when you
-had to live there, you quickly came to see it in a very different
-light, as Mrs Bush, the wife of Captain Bush of the Philippine Scouts,
-who had not been out of it for a whole year, could have told you.
-
-From the balcony of her house at the corner of the plaza, Mrs Bush
-could survey the whole scene; and, as time hung very heavily on her
-hands, she used to spend many an hour lying back in her long bamboo
-chair, watching the view with languid disfavour, striving hard not
-to resent the fate which had led her to bury her bright young life
-in such a spot.
-
-There was so little worth looking at, when you got to know it. The same
-tao were always asleep under the shade of the huge timber belfry in the
-middle of the plaza, the same hungry dogs were always nosing round for
-stray pieces of offal, the same shrill-voiced women wrangling with the
-Chinaman who kept the general store at the far corner. The priest would
-come out at a certain hour, meet the Presidente, and they would then
-make their way together to the spirit shop next to the Chinaman's. A
-little later, the Supervisor and the school teacher--white officials
-these--would come round the corner and follow the others to the
-same place, where presently her own husband would join them. Then,
-just at sundown, a squad of Scouts would loaf across the plaza to
-perform what they called mounting guard at the gaol. With that, the
-day's activities would end, and the long, sweltering, breathless night,
-when the mosquitoes and the heat, and perhaps, as in her case, your own
-mental torment, would not allow you an hour's real sleep. On Sundays
-the only difference was that every small boy in the place was allowed
-to jangle those terrible bells in the plaza to his heart's content,
-and the white officials went to the spirit shop earlier in the day.
-
-So much for the town. If you looked seawards--and from that balcony
-you had an almost uninterrupted view--it was equally monotonous. The
-palm-fringed bay, with its multicoloured coral bottom, and the vast
-expanses of mangrove swamp, which, almost closing its entrance,
-rendered it a safe anchorage, even when the monsoon was booming in
-its fiercest, always seemed the same. True, every now and then, at
-irregular intervals, a Government launch would come in with mails
-or stores. More rarely still, a trading steamer, with rust-streaked
-funnel and sides, a veritable maritime curiosity which would have been
-condemned to the scrap-heap anywhere else, would wheeze and cough her
-way up to the rickety wooden jetty in quest of a cargo of hemp; but
-save on these occasions, the waters were disturbed only by the dug-outs
-of native fishermen, who seemed to put to sea merely for the sake of
-avoiding the flies on shore; at any rate, they always dozed off to
-sleep the moment they had dropped the stones which served as anchors.
-
-Mrs Bush knew it all so well, and hated it as well as she knew it. Over
-a year ago--twelve months and three weeks, to be correct--she had
-left Manila; and, though the capital was only a few hours' steam away,
-she had never been back, never spoken to a woman of her own race--for
-her husband had been told pointedly by the general in command that his
-only chance of retaining his commission was to remain at his station,
-and get his men in hand again. Captain Bush had left the capital,
-raging, and stayed at Igut, sulking; whilst his wife had been too
-proud to suggest a trip for herself, and he had been too indifferent
-to all that concerned her to offer it.
-
-There was not even male society, for the Treasurer, the Supervisor,
-and the two school teachers, mere political nominees of small mental
-attainments, had long since sunk to the point of mixing socially
-with the natives, a thing from which her Southern blood recoiled
-in horror. Once, and once only, had she turned on her husband,
-and that was on the occasion when he brought the Supervisor and the
-Presidente--the latter a mestizo--in to dinner. The experiment was
-never repeated; possibly because Bush was really frightened at the
-storm he had aroused, possibly because she frightened the guests
-themselves; though in the end the latter had their revenge, or what
-passed with them as revenge, by vilifying her on every possible
-occasion, and rendering the breach between her and her husband
-absolutely uncrossable.
-
-On the day of Basil Hayle's defeat on the mountain-side, Igut had been
-panting and perspiring as only towns amongst the mangrove swamps can
-perspire and pant. On the plaza nothing had stirred. The women in the
-Chinaman's store had quickly grown weary of wrangling, and had settled
-down to sleep in the doorway; even the dogs and the wolfish-looking
-pigs had ceased to quarrel amongst themselves on the quayside.
-
-Evening brought little or no relief. Every few minutes, Mrs Bush
-glanced towards the setting sun, longing for it to disappear behind the
-line of mangroves, when there might be some chance of a slight breeze.
-
-She was, as usual, on the veranda, behind the light matting blind,
-when an unwonted commotion made her start up quickly. The dogs
-had awakened to fresh life, and were barking noisily. A native,
-who had spread his net across the roadway that morning, with the
-intention of repairing it, and had then gone to sleep over his task,
-came to his senses suddenly, and began to gather in his property,
-as a small party of native soldiers, headed by a white officer,
-swung down the street. Mrs Bush lay back in her chair, and watched
-through the blind with languid interest. There was something in the
-manner of the officer which she liked. He seemed to know his own mind,
-and when half a dozen natives gathered in his path, apparently with
-the object of making the white man give way to them, and so raising
-a snigger at his expense, he brushed them aside like so many flies.
-
-"He is from the South," she said to herself, and, almost unconsciously,
-came to the rail of the balcony in order to see more easily.
-
-As soon as he reached the dusty patch of grass in the centre of the
-plaza, Captain Hayle dismissed his men, who, after piling their arms
-against the timbers of the belfry, threw themselves down on the ground
-and produced the inevitable cigarettes. From the barracks at the upper
-end of the plaza, a score of Scouts emerged, and regarded the newcomers
-with marked disfavour, commenting on their torn, mud-stained uniforms,
-and their generally-ragged appearance.
-
-"Only dam' Constabularios," sneered a serjeant, who prided himself
-on his knowledge of English; but, despite the insults, Hayle's men
-smoked on unconcernedly. Had they not great things to relate when
-the women came round; whilst these Scouts, mere Tagalogs after all,
-had never even set foot on Felizardo's mountains.
-
-Mrs Bush remained at the rail of the balcony. The evening breeze had
-just begun to blow, and, moreover, she felt vaguely that she would like
-to get a nearer view of the newly-arrived white man. A minute later,
-her wish was gratified, for, after asking a question of one of the
-Scouts, who came forward rather sullenly, Basil Hayle started to cross
-the plaza towards her house. He was a little weary, his walk showed
-that; but when he chanced to look up and their eyes met, he seemed
-to pull himself together; then, probably because he had not expected
-to see a white woman in Igut, he raised his well-worn felt hat.
-
-At the door, Basil found a sleepy muchacho, who, in reply to his
-questions, answered that Captain Bush was out, adding gratuitously,
-"As usual." Nor did he know where the Scout officer was, or when
-he would be in. He was not at the barracks, nor at the spirit store
-across the plaza. Still, the Senora might know; he would call her.
-
-From the glimpse he had obtained of her, Hayle had formed the
-impression that Mrs Bush was pretty. When she came in, he saw that
-he had been mistaken, if one judged by recognised codes, as no sane
-man does judge, either of faces or of character, or--I say it even
-with the fear of the Outer Darkness of the Podsnaps before me--of
-morals. There are no rules in these matters, there can be no rules when
-you are dealing with such infinitely complex subjects as human form
-and human character. What is beauty in one woman is mere drabness in
-another, for beauty is three parts soul and one part form to any one
-but an animal-man, and animal-men should not count for anything--in
-fact they should be eliminated whenever possible. The same applies to
-morals. How can you lay down hard and fast rules when the Magdalen
-is a Christian saint, and whilst those who revere her as such, and
-dedicate churches to her, fall over themselves in their anxiety to
-cast the first stone at her latter-day successors? But this is all
-beside the scope of this story, which deals with the crude code of
-the Bolo, the law with one clause only.
-
-"I am sorry I kept you," Mrs Bush said, with a soft Southern
-drawl. "But I get so few visitors I am never ready to receive them."
-
-Basil flushed. "I only came to see Captain Bush on business. It wasn't
-fair to worry you. I wanted to get him to lend me some food and kit
-for my men--Felizardo's people burnt all theirs to-day--and I was
-going to ask him about sending a dispatch into Manila. The boy said
-you would know where to find him."
-
-Mrs Bush's face hardened momentarily, and she looked away quickly,
-then, "No," she replied, "I don't know where--at least, I mean you
-cannot find him now. But, if you don't mind waiting, he is sure to
-be in soon. Perhaps you would like to come up on the balcony; it is
-cooler there."
-
-When they had sat down, Basil laughed rather awkwardly. "I forgot to
-tell you my name; it is Hayle--Basil Hayle of the Constabulary."
-
-Mrs Bush nodded. "I guessed that, when you mentioned Felizardo. We
-heard something of your fight up on the volcano, from an old Spaniard
-who came in to-day; but he said you had gone back there."
-
-The man laughed bitterly, and glanced down at his torn and mud-stained
-uniform. "So I did, but I have come back quickly."
-
-She looked at him with ready sympathy. "Do you mean they drove you
-back? What hard luck, after starting so well! But did you go with
-just that handful of men?"
-
-Mrs Bush was sorry she had asked the question as soon as she saw the
-look in his eyes. "No," he answered, "I went out with sixty-five men
-this morning."
-
-"And the others?" She leaned forward anxiously.
-
-"The others are there still," he replied, with a catch in his
-voice. "The bolomen were three to one, and they got us on a muddy
-hillside, you understand." He was looking away, so he did not see
-the pity in her eyes.
-
-"And the wounded?" she asked gently.
-
-Still, he did not face her. "Felizardo leaves no wounded." Then,
-suddenly, his pent-up feelings broke out, as was inevitable they
-would do when he met one of his own race, one to whom he could speak
-freely. "Oh, I feel such a hound for leaving them. I was at the head
-of the column, and the bolomen cut us off from the rest; and whilst
-we, a dozen men and myself, were waiting for it to come, they were
-boloing the others."
-
-"And then?" she asked.
-
-"Then? Then they just disappeared into the jungle, and we came back,
-unharmed. They followed us almost to here, and they burned our stores
-at Katubig--they burned Katubig itself in fact, but they never tried
-to touch us. That's what makes me feel so bad. To think they wiped out
-three-quarters of my men, and then let the rest of us go. They--other
-men, I mean--are sure to say we ran at the start."
-
-Mrs Bush shook her head. "I hardly think so. They will say you were
-splendidly brave to go up at all, and splendidly clever to get any
-of your men safely out of it."
-
-Basil thanked her with his eyes; but still he was not comforted. "It
-looks bad," he repeated. "And I can't explain. They wouldn't believe
-the reason."
-
-"What was the reason?" she asked. "Tell me. I shall believe."
-
-He faced her now, fairly; and from that moment there was a new factor,
-the All-important Factor, something infinitely greater than the Law
-of the Bolo, in his life. In a flash, he understood how it was that
-Felizardo had been ready to take to the hills for the sake of Dolores
-Lasara. Then he told her of Felizardo's daughter, and of Felizardo's
-letter.
-
-"Of course I believe," she said, when he had finished. "It is just
-what one would expect of Felizardo.... Oh, we hear a great deal about
-him here, from the servants. No, Captain Hayle, you must not worry,
-really you must not. I know it is horrible, to lose your men in that
-way; but you had to obey orders. Ninety-nine men out of a hundred
-would have made an excuse for not going; but you are different."
-
-He did not answer her this time, but sat, staring out across the plaza,
-thinking of his men, away there on Felizardo's mountain-side; at last
-her voice recalled him. "You are from the South, Captain Hayle?"
-
-He clutched eagerly at the chance of changing the subject completely;
-and from then, until her husband appeared, there was no more mention
-of bolomen and their doings.
-
-Captain Bush proved to be a big man, as tall as Hayle himself, though
-much heavier--flabby, most people would have said--good-looking in a
-way, though his eye was watery and his chin weak. You could see at
-a glance why they had transferred him from the Regular Infantry to
-the Scouts, and sent him to an out-station. They do not like heavy
-drinkers in the American Service, any more than they like amateur
-soldiers, or brigadier-generals appointed from the circle of the
-President's personal friends.
-
-Captain Bush had already heard something of Hayle's defeat, though
-he did not explain how or where. Basil, on his part, did not trouble
-to go into the story very fully. He had taken an immediate dislike
-to Bush, and he felt that the latter was by no means grieved over
-the disaster which had befallen the rival force. Still, the Scout
-officer agreed readily enough to let him have the stores he needed,
-and to allow the remnant of the Constabulary to occupy some vacant
-quarters in the barracks. As soon as this was arranged, Hayle rose
-to leave, but Mrs Bush detained him.
-
-"Oh, Captain Hayle, you must stay to dinner now. Mustn't he, John?"
-
-Bush nodded assent, but Basil looked down at his dirty, torn
-uniform. "I don't think I can, really----" he began; but his hostess
-cut him short.
-
-"You say they have burned all your kit, so how can you help that? And,
-after all, one gets used to things in the Philippines. Where are you
-going to stay in Igut? I wish we could put you up, but I'm afraid
-it's quite impossible."
-
-"There's a Spaniard here I know," he answered. "Don Juan Ramirez. I
-promised I would stay with him, if I ever came to Igut, and I sent
-one of my men to tell him as soon as I got in. I really ought to go
-there now, but, still, he will forgive me, I expect, when I tell him
-that you insisted."
-
-Mrs Bush nodded. "He's a dear old man, quite different from----"
-She broke off abruptly, and turned to her husband, who was tugging
-moodily at his moustache. "John, I expect Captain Hayle would like
-a wash and a drink before dinner."
-
-Bush brightened up considerably after the second cocktail, and after
-the fourth--his fourth, Basil was more careful--he was quite familiar
-and sympathetic. "Shame to send you up there," he said. "A rabble
-like yours is no good. They ought to have sent a couple of companies
-of Scouts. We should have cleaned them up, sure enough."
-
-Basil bit his lip, but did not reply. Afterwards, when he came to
-look back on that dinner, it seemed to him one of the most miserable
-experiences of his life. It was bad enough to sit down with a couple
-who, as the husband made only too clear, had nothing in common;
-but when that husband was also guilty of drinking far too much,
-showing he had drunk too much, the position became unbearable. Still,
-there was one redeeming feature--the way in which Mrs Bush tried
-to make the best of the situation. She talked rapidly, nervously,
-all the time, trying to avoid any topic which might possibly lead to
-discussion; but Bush's temporary burst of good-nature quickly changed
-to aggressiveness, then to actual surliness, and some of the things
-he said made Basil go white with rage. The Scout officer's friends
-had lost no opportunity of telling him that his wife's Southern pride
-was the cause of his domestic unhappiness, and when he found that the
-guest was also from the South, he felt he had discovered a legitimate
-source of grievance. Had they been alone, there would have been a
-fight; but Basil glanced at Mrs Bush, sitting white-faced and rigid,
-and remembered the duty he owed to his hostess.
-
-At last the meal was over. Mrs Bush rose, and as Hayle opened the
-door for her, "I think we had better go up on the balcony, Captain
-Hayle. It will be pleasanter there," she said.
-
-Her husband got up too, then staggered, and went down on to his
-knees. Basil turned to help him, but stopped when Mrs Bush laid a
-restraining hand on his arm.
-
-"I will see to him, Captain Hayle," she said; "I was afraid he was not
-very well to-night. Perhaps you had better go;" but she saw him out,
-saying good-bye to him at the door, before she returned to the invalid,
-who had got back into his chair and greeted her with a curse.
-
-Don Juan Ramirez, who was very like what old Don José had been thirty
-years previously, shook his head when Basil mentioned that he had
-dined with the Bushes.
-
-"Was he--was he as usual?" he asked.
-
-Basil's pent-up wrath broke out. "If being as usual means being a
-foul-mouthed, drunken hog, with a wife a million times too good for
-him, then he was!"
-
-The Spaniard nodded. "He seldom dines at home. Perhaps she thought
-that, with a guest there, he would--he would be moderate. Poor lady! He
-drinks all day with the Presidente, a mestizo insurrecto, and with the
-Supervisor and the school teacher who came from his own State. Then
-there is worse. There is a mestiza girl--under his wife's eyes."
-
-Basil Hayle walked up and down the room, raging, whilst the
-old Spaniard watched him sympathetically, understanding, being a
-worthy nephew of Don José of Calocan. Then, adroitly, he turned the
-conversation on to the subject of that morning's fight.
-
-"You were rash," he said, when Basil had finished. "But you were
-lucky to escape yourself. Why, Felizardo must have three hundred
-bolomen--five hundred perhaps, as well as many rifles. My uncle knew
-him well before he took to the hills. Old Don José did not love the
-Filipinos--who could?--but he used to say always that Felizardo was
-a gentleman, even though he had killed a priest. Your Government will
-never catch Felizardo, Senor, never. They will waste lives and money,
-and they will find that, in the end, Felizardo will be stronger than
-ever. Why, to-morrow, when the news of your ill-fortune is known,
-there will be hundreds of fresh recruits clamouring to join his band."
-
-In the morning Basil wrote his report to Mr Commissioner Furber,
-telling the truth, plainly and baldly; then he sent it off by a
-launch which happened to come in, and sat down to wait for the reply,
-half-hoping that the latter would take the form of his dismissal. He
-wanted to get right away, he told himself, not because of Felizardo's
-bolomen, but because, as had been the case when Felizardo himself
-had first met Father Pablo in San Polycarpio, the instinct to kill
-had awakened in him. He had caught the spirit of the Islands, where
-the Law of the Bolo is the natural code, and if he remained he knew
-he should kill Captain Bush.
-
-He told himself that he was a fool, that, after all, they were
-strangers with whom he had no concern, that he would avoid them in
-future; and then, seeing Mrs Bush walking across the plaza, he took
-his hat and hurried after her, completing the mischief, so far as he
-himself was concerned--possibly, too, so far as she was concerned.
-
-The school teacher saw them out of the window of the spirit shop, and
-winked at the Supervisor, who glanced out too, and then called to Bush.
-
-"Say, Captain. The Virginian seems to have cottoned on to your
-wife. Two Southerners, eh?"
-
-Bush flushed, half-rose with the intention of having a look, then
-resumed his seat; but he did not forget the words, thereby fulfilling
-the intentions of his friends.
-
-That night, a messenger left Igut with a letter for Felizardo,
-written by no less a person than the Supervisor's principal clerk,
-who was also, in a sense, the Supervisor's brother-in-law. In that
-letter the clerk, who was no mean observer, made some pointed, and,
-as it happened, perfectly true remarks concerning Captain Basil Hayle's
-feelings towards Mrs Bush--remarks which, as subsequent events proved,
-Felizardo did not forget.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-HOW MR COMMISSIONER GUMPERTZ AND MR JOSEPH GOBBITT TALKED OF HIGH
-FINANCE
-
-
-When Mr Joseph Gobbitt's friends heard that "Old Joe" himself was
-going out to Manila to bring order into the chaos caused by the sudden
-death of young Albert Dunk, they shook their heads gravely. It was
-a foolish and unnecessary thing to do, they declared. The firm of
-Gobbitt and Dunk had not a very large sum at stake in the Philippines,
-and one of the other young Dunks, or even Pretty, the chief clerk,
-would have been able to do all that was necessary. Mr Gobbitt,
-however, knew his own mind, and, after only a week of preparation,
-started overland, to catch the Hong Kong mail steamer.
-
-It is curious how some people get the names which suit them
-exactly. Joseph Gobbitt was a case in point. Inevitably, you expected
-a man of East Anglian tradesman stock; and the moment you set eyes on
-him, you felt you had been right. Hosea Gobbitt, his father, had been
-mayor and pork-butcher in a small Suffolk town, having risen to wealth
-and position by what he called "judicious trading." "A little bit of
-all sorts, for all sorts of people," he used to say to his particular
-friends at the Tradesmen's Meetings--which meant that those customers
-who were particular got meat for which he had to pay the farmers
-what he considered a wholly outrageous price, showing a bare profit
-of sixty per cent.; whilst those who were careless, or in his debt,
-as well as those who ventured on sausages and similar mysteries, were
-liable to get the product of those diseased swine which the inspector
-was kind enough, and wise enough, to let him have for a few shillings
-each. After all, what is the use of holding Municipal Office unless
-you make something out of it to pay for your time? What tradesman in
-England ever did--at least what tradesman of his, Hosea Gobbitt's,
-ability? Footman the ironmonger, and Woods the grocer--"Sandy" Woods
-they used to call him amongst themselves, because of his sugar, not
-because of his hair--did very well over contracts, and there was no
-reason why he should not do well over pork. After all, the inspector
-was their servant; they could discharge him at any moment.
-
-Joseph Gobbitt learnt the rudiments of business in his father's shop;
-but he had no intention of spending his life in a country town;
-consequently, at the age of eighteen he went to London, and obtained
-a junior clerkship in a Mincing Lane house. When he was thirty, he
-entered into partnership with Henry Dunk, and proceeded to turn the
-knowledge he had secured to such good use that, within five years,
-he had pretty well ruined his former employers. When he was sixty,
-he was reckoned, if not amongst the biggest men of Mincing Lane,
-at least amongst the bigger ones. He had several branches in the
-East, including one at Manila, which had been under the charge of
-Albert Dunk, son of his late partner. Taken all round, matters were
-going very well when, just about the time that Basil Hayle began the
-campaign against Felizardo, Albert Dunk died suddenly, and, to Mr
-Gobbitt's mind, mysteriously. Edward Dunk, the new junior partner,
-Albert's elder brother, had volunteered to go out; but, greatly to
-his surprise, Mr Gobbitt had declared his intention of going himself.
-
-"You can manage here by yourself, Edward," he said; "I have every
-confidence in you, every confidence. The sea-trip will do me good,
-and possibly there may be complications in Manila which we have
-not foreseen."
-
-Edward Dunk, not unnaturally, took the latter sentence as a slur on his
-brother's memory, as foreshadowing unpleasant discoveries, and he laid
-his plans accordingly, with a view to repaying Mr Gobbitt in kind. As a
-matter of fact, however, it was a chance conversation with an American
-consular official which had determined the senior partner to go to
-the East. "It's money they want out in the Islands," the American had
-said. "There's lots of good things to be got cheap--concessions, hemp
-lands, Church lands even; though our own people hold back, not knowing
-if we shall stay out there, whilst the British banks and financiers
-are too fastidious--won't grease the Commissioners' palms. There's
-a fortune, sir, for the man who will risk his dollars. And it isn't
-much risk, anyway. We are bound to stay in the Islands, now we've
-been chuckleheads enough to take them."
-
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt pondered deeply over these words during the long
-journey to Hong Kong, where, from his own manager, he obtained a
-certain degree of confirmation; but before he had been in Manila
-two days, he knew that they were true. He called officially on
-Mr Commissioner Gumpertz, head of the Departments of Lands and
-Registration, in the hope of obtaining full particulars concerning the
-end of Albert Dunk, who had met his death somewhere near Hippapad,
-which, of course, is on the other side of Felizardo's mountains,
-a full ten miles--more, perhaps--to the north of the range.
-
-"The report was that he died of fever," the official said. "They
-buried him where he died. Violence? Murder? My dear sir, no. The
-Islands are pacified now. You could go from end to end of them
-unarmed. Pay no heed to the wild stories you will hear, stories
-circulated deliberately by our political enemies, and by the Army,
-which is jealous of our success. You are sure to hear them all, perhaps
-more than I hear." Unconsciously he slipped some blank sheets of paper
-over a copy of Captain Basil Hayle's report, which he had just been
-studying anew--the grim record of forty-seven men out of sixty-five
-slaughtered on Felizardo's mountains by Felizardo's bolomen. "You will
-hear them because you are the type of man, a broad-minded capitalist,
-whom they are specially anxious to keep out."
-
-His words gave Mr Gobbitt his cue, and a few minutes later they were no
-longer talking officially, but privately, about a railway concession
-and a copra concession, but most of all about some hemp lands. Mr
-Gobbitt was essentially a business man, and he put his finger on the
-weak spot, or what seemed the weak spot, at once. "Why," he asked,
-"if there is all this splendid hemp land vacant, have not people,
-the natives for instance, or the Spaniards, made use of it?" And he
-leaned back in his chair, twirling his gold-rimmed glasses.
-
-The Commissioner met his objections with an easy smile. "You know what
-the Spaniards were. Did they make use of anything? Moreover, in their
-days there were large bands of ladrones in the neighbourhood." Mr
-Gobbitt knit his forehead, and was making a mental note of the
-drawback, when the Commissioner went on: "But there are none now. We
-have cleared them all out, all; and we have a company of Constabulary
-under a most energetic officer, Captain Hayle, quartered permanently
-in the district. Then, as to your other point, is it likely we should
-allow any unauthorised person to seize this land?"
-
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt got up. He divined that, at the first interview with
-a high official, it would hardly be diplomatic to talk of business,
-of the sort of business which was obviously intended. "I will think
-it over," he said. "Possibly I may hear from you."
-
-The Commissioner rose, too. "Very possibly some friends of mine might
-call," he answered.
-
-Down at the Consulate, the Vice-Consul received Mr Gobbitt with what
-that pillar of finance considered most unbecoming levity. "Got anything
-out of old Gumpertz?" he asked. "I suppose you had a long lecture on
-Liberty and Brown Brothers. No? You are lucky, then. He's not what you
-might call inspired, unless it's on a question of dollars. He got his
-job because he kept some big city solid for the Party, they say. He
-owned, or bought up, all the bars in the place, lost his money over
-it, and so, to keep him quiet and give him a chance to retrieve his
-fortune, they sent him out here. He is retrieving fast, but he's really
-still what he was by birth, a petty, huckstering tradesman. They say
-that his father used to be a pork-butcher in the Happy Fatherland."
-
-Had it not been for the last few words, Mr Gobbitt might have paid
-some attention to the rest; but those decided him. Obviously, the
-whole thing was rank prejudice. He got up, waving aside a proffered
-cigar. "Thank you. I do not smoke. Is the Consul in?"
-
-The Vice-Consul got up wearily. "Shan't I do? Oh, very well. I'll
-see. He was having an extra siesta; didn't feel quite the thing after
-tiffin. I'd be careful of the Club whisky, if I were you. Rotten
-brand they've got on tap now;" and, without noticing Mr Gobbitt's
-indignant looks, he lounged into the inner office.
-
-The Consul, or rather Acting-Consul, the regular Consul-General being
-on leave, did not seem exactly delighted to see Mr Gobbitt.
-
-"Well, did you hear anything new from Gumpertz?" he asked.
-
-Mr Gobbitt shook his head. "He says Mr Dunk died of fever and was
-buried in the jungle. That is all they know."
-
-The Consul yawned. "It's about their mark. The Army would have sent
-out to see quick, and so would the Guardia Civil. Those people get
-in a fluster if a native is killed, and don't worry about a white
-man. Is that all? Find your books all right?"
-
-The visitor flushed. He did not like this man any better than he
-liked the Vice-Consul. "They were correct," he said severely. "The
-books of our firm always are. But there is one curious thing--the day
-before he left Manila Mr Dunk drew ten thousand pesos from the bank;
-and we cannot trace to whom he paid it."
-
-"Whew! Ten thousand pesos, eh?" The Consul whistled in what struck
-Mr Gobbitt as a most undignified manner. "A big sum that. Was he--do
-you think he was mixed up in any sort of graft here--corruption,
-you'd call it--with the officials?"
-
-There was wrath on Mr Gobbitt's face as he got up from his chair. "Sir,
-members of our firm are not mixed up in such things.... No, sir,
-I do not smoke; nor will I have a whisky-and-soda. I, myself, drink
-only at meals."
-
-When he had gone, with such dignity as a large and perspiring man,
-who wears a frock-coat in the Tropics, can command, the Acting-Consul
-yawned again. "Queer old chap. Isn't he in a paddy-whack!" Then he
-went to the door and called the Vice-Consul. "I say, Blackiston,
-come and drink the whisky-and-soda our heavy friend refused. Did he
-slam the door as he went out?"
-
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt did not go to the English Club that night, partly
-because he was unwilling to run the risk of further shocks to his
-dignity, but chiefly because he thought it possible that some friends
-of Mr Commissioner Gumpertz might chance to call on him. The latter
-supposition proved to be correct. He had just finished dinner, and was
-waiting on the veranda of the hotel for his coffee, when the waiter
-announced two gentlemen, who introduced themselves as Mr William
-P. Hart and Senor de Vega, the latter being a mestizo. Mr Gobbitt
-received them graciously, scenting business, and it only needed two
-liqueurs to produce a definite proposition. Mr William P. Hart was
-not shy, whilst Senor de Vega backed him loyally in all he had to
-say. There was this splendid stretch of hemp-growing land on the north
-of the range of mountains, which Mr Gobbitt had doubtless noticed. Mr
-Commissioner Gumpertz had the selling of it, and the Commissioner's
-price would be so much for himself--or rather for himself, Mr Hart,
-and Senor de Vega--and so much for the Government. There was no
-useless beating about the bush, a feature which Mr Gobbitt rather
-appreciated. It was, after all, a plain matter of business, and, as it
-was shorn of all pretence and shams, a business man could discuss it.
-
-They came to terms, provisionally. Mr Gobbitt had made careful
-enquiries as to the value of really good hemp land in that part of
-the island, and he knew that, if he bought at the figure named, he
-would be making an amazingly good bargain. Unfortunately, however,
-he did not know good hemp land from bad--or, for that matter, from
-any other sort of land; and much though he respected the cleverness,
-the money-making genius, of Commissioner Gumpertz, he was not going
-to take that gentleman's word for anything which involved financial
-risk to himself.
-
-"I must inspect this land first, of course," he said. "That is only
-a matter of common sense. I will find some reliable person who can
-give me an expert opinion on it, and then, if he reports favourably,
-I will come to terms with ... with your Government."
-
-"And the Commissioner?" Mr Hart asked, with a leer.
-
-The merchant bowed gravely. "And the Commissioner, of course. That
-is understood."
-
-"Can't be done without him." Mr Hart was inclined to frankness.
-
-"It is quite unnecessary to tell me that." Mr Gobbitt spoke
-severely. "I am accustomed to business."
-
-"There is one thing more." Mr Hart laid a hand which was none too
-clean on his host's knee. "The Commissioner wants a deposit, so that
-he has something to show the Government, in case another buyer happens
-along. He wants six thousand dollars, gold, down; to be refunded if
-you do not wish to complete the purchase at the end of three months."
-
-Mr Gobbitt frowned. It was a large sum; but then the value of the
-land would be enormous. "Six thousand dollars. Humph! Twelve hundred
-pounds--a great deal of money. If I considered the proposal--I do not
-say I shall--I should require the proper receipt of the Department,
-not the mere private receipt of the Commissioner."
-
-The readiness with which Mr Hart assented dissipated the other's
-suspicions. "Certainly, sir, it would be an official receipt; and
-any time you wished to call off you could get your money back. It
-is proposed just in your interest, to give you a free run with no
-competition."
-
-When they had gone, Mr Gobbitt sat for a long time deep in
-thought. This was the sort of business he had come out hoping to do,
-and therefore he was prepared to make certain allowances for the
-weakness of those with whom he was dealing. When one is about to reap
-huge profits, one cannot be over-censorious concerning those who are
-assisting one. He thought the whole scheme out before he went to bed
-that night, the sum he would expend on it--it would be his private
-venture, nothing to do with the firm of Gobbitt & Dunk--the sum for
-which he would float it as soon as he had got it into working order,
-and the profits which he himself would make out of the flotation. It
-was all very simple and straightforward. There was always a demand for
-hemp, always would be a demand for it. No crop paid better to raise,
-no crop, so far as he knew, involved less capital expenditure on
-clearing the land and planting. As for security of title, he would make
-certain on that point before he parted with any of the purchase-money,
-whilst he was shrewd enough to see that there was no prospect of
-the Americans withdrawing from the Islands for many years to come,
-until long after he had floated his company.
-
-The matter of the deposit did not trouble him greatly. After all,
-the sum was not a large one to him; he ran no risk of losing it; and
-it would be a distinct advantage to have what would amount to a three
-months' option. It was a cheap option, after all, a very cheap one;
-and the more he thought of it, the more convinced he became that,
-in the end, he would be able to get the better of Mr Gumpertz in
-many ways. He, himself, would have insisted on a payment outright,
-in addition to the deposit.
-
-In the morning, Mr Gobbitt set out to find a reliable man to advise him
-on the question of the hemp lands. It was rather a delicate matter. He
-did not want to advertise the fact that he had any business of the
-kind in contemplation, yet, at the same time, he was anxious to
-secure some one who would be thoroughly trustworthy. It would not do
-to go to the new manager of the Manila branch of Gobbitt & Dunk, for
-this was his personal affair--the Dunk family had done well enough
-out of him already, even though old Dunk had found the capital in
-the first instance--and he did not fancy the idea of consulting the
-Acting-Consul. In the end, he decided to call on the bank manager,
-to whom he could speak in confidence.
-
-The bank manager looked dubious. "Yes, I can get you a good
-man--several, if you like, men you can trust. There's John Mackay,
-a Scotchman, and Lucio Morales, a Spaniard--either would do well;
-and I would take the opinion of either as final. Only, let me warn
-you, Mr Gobbitt, that this is a risky form of speculation. Hemp pays
-well enough until the insurrectos, or the pulajanes, or the ladrones
-come along and burn your place and cut your men's throats. It's all
-very well for Furber and Gumpertz and the rest to say the Islands are
-at peace. Gumpertz may know all about pork-chops and public-houses,
-but it doesn't follow he understands these things."
-
-The son of Hosea Gobbitt, pork-butcher and mayor, flushed. It was
-only too clear that Mr Gumpertz had been right when he talked about
-unreasoning prejudice and a desire to injure the Government.
-
-"I think I am fully aware of the conditions," he said severely. "I
-have made the most exhaustive enquiries from those who should
-know." Unconsciously he emphasised the last five words. "And now, if
-you would give me the addresses of these two men, Mackay and Morales,
-I will ask them to call on me."
-
-Senor Morales was the first to make his appearance at the hotel,
-a grave young Spaniard, whose rather elaborate courtesy disconcerted
-Mr Gobbitt somewhat; but when the proposition was put to him bluntly,
-as such things should be put, he shook his head. "No, Senor. It is
-impossible that I go. These Americans have got the country into such
-a state, that----" He spread out his hands expressively, and rose
-to leave.
-
-Mr Gobbitt rose too, a little annoyed at the waste of his time. "You
-don't like the Americans?" he said, with what he took for sternness,
-and the other for rudeness.
-
-The Spaniard laughed gently. "Why, no, Senor. Why should I, a
-Spaniard, like them?" And he went out, leaving Mr Gobbitt more than
-ever convinced of the intense prejudice against the administration.
-
-Mr John Mackay, who did not arrive till late in the afternoon, proved
-to be more suitable. He was middle-aged and hard-faced, at least
-when he was talking business, and he went to the root of the matter
-at once--the question of his professional fee, which was finally
-settled more to his own satisfaction than to that of Mr Gobbitt, who
-had a distinct aversion to giving mere employés a chance to imitate
-the late Jeshurun, of whom the one recorded fact is that "he waxed
-fat and kicked." Still, John Mackay knew what he himself wanted,
-and he had the knowledge which Mr Gobbitt wanted, so, for once in
-his life at least, the merchant agreed to pay a fair wage.
-
-"And where are we going to?" John Mackay asked.
-
-Mr Gobbitt hesitated. "Well, I must tell you, I suppose; but it is
-in confidence, the strictest confidence."
-
-The Scotchman gave a quick little nod; he was not prone to unnecessary
-speech.
-
-"We land at a place called Igut, and from there make our way round
-the end of that large range of mountains to some land on the northern
-side. They tell me--Commissioner Gumpertz tells me--that the journey
-will not be a difficult one. We keep in the valley for some twenty-five
-miles, then cross at an easy pass."
-
-"Taking any escort?" the Scotchman asked.
-
-The merchant shook his head. "I am informed it is quite unnecessary;
-though some of the native soldiers--Scouts, I think they are
-called--will come along to help us with transport arrangements."
-
-John Mackay stroked his chin thoughtfully. "Well, at least they all
-know me well enough--Felizardo, and the others as well. I myself can
-go anywhere;" a saying which gave food for thought to Mr Gobbitt,
-who could not decide whether it was to be construed as encouraging
-or otherwise.
-
-Commissioner Gumpertz received Mr Gobbitt very graciously when that
-gentleman came to pay the deposit. "I am delighted, sir," he said,
-"flattered to think you are taking my advice, which was given in
-the interests of these Islands and their people, and proves, most
-fortunately, to be in your interest as well. I might tell you, in
-confidence, that there will be a bill before Congress next session
-forbidding these large sales of land--a most unfortunate proposal;
-but your business will be through long before then."
-
-When, however, Mr Gobbitt handed him a cheque, crossed, for the
-deposit, the Commissioner looked doubtful. "I am afraid, sir, I
-cannot take this--my dear sir, I mean no slight on yourself--but
-the rules of the Department are very strict. No cheques taken, they
-say. Still, would you write another one, a bearer cheque, and I will
-send a messenger down to the bank with it. That will only take ten
-minutes, and we can fix up the matter at once. If you will excuse me,
-I will get the secretary to make out the receipt."
-
-He came back, a few minutes later, with the receipt which his
-secretary, whose name was William P. Hart, had made out in due
-form. It was already signed, and, as he handed it to his visitor,
-the Commissioner for Lands and Registration remarked jocularly: "Now,
-Mr Gobbitt, you have my receipt before I have the money. You have
-only to stop the messenger on the way, and you can make six thousand
-dollars out of the Department, or rather out of me, for they would
-hold me responsible."
-
-Mr Gobbitt, who had assured himself at a glance that the receipt
-was in due form, laughed too. "I don't think in my firm we do
-things like that," he said. "We rather pride ourselves on being
-old-fashioned--almost straight-laced, perhaps. My father always
-impressed on me that honesty paid in the long run, and I have found
-that he was right. I have no doubt your experience has been the same."
-
-The Commissioner nodded. This was a most admirable and tactful man
-of business. It is always pleasant to keep affairs of this sort on a
-certain high plane. If you talk of the Welfare of the People, or the
-Will of the Multitude, or the Moral Aspect, you can make infinitely
-more money than if you adopt a crudely-commercial tone, especially
-if you have a William P. Hart in the background.
-
-The messenger returned with the package of notes, which he handed
-to Mr Gobbitt, who in turn handed them to Mr Commissioner Gumpertz;
-and then the two men parted.
-
-"The launch will be ready for you early to-morrow," the official
-said. "I will send you down letters of introduction from Commissioner
-Furber--you must meet him on your return--to Captain Bush at Igut,
-and Captain Basil Hayle, who has a camp somewhere on the edge of
-the jungle. Captain Bush will arrange all your equipment for you,
-or at least he will get the local officials to do so. Now, good-bye,
-Mr Gobbitt, and good luck. I shall look forward to your early return."
-
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt was an experienced business man. He prided himself
-on the fact that there was little he did not know about certain forms
-of finance; yet, had he learnt that, instead of being paid into the
-account of the Government, those notes of his were, that very night,
-distributed, at a slight discount, through some of the most shady,
-and even improper, quarters in Manila, he might have found food for
-much speculation and thought.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-CONCERNING MR JOSEPH GOBBITT, CAPTAIN BASIL HAYLE, AND THE HEAD OF
-ALBERT DUNK
-
-
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt was tall and stout, and possessed a pair of
-side-whiskers of which he was distinctly proud; consequently, though he
-certainly did appear impressive when carrying the bag--he was vicar's
-churchwarden in a suburban church--he looked almost ridiculous when
-he landed on the quay at Igut, attired in a very tight khaki suit,
-with an immense khaki-coloured helmet on his head. At least, he
-appeared ridiculous to Mrs Bush, who watched his arrival from the
-balcony of her house, and, for the first time since Basil Hayle had
-left, five weeks previously, her face lighted up with a smile.
-
-Basil Hayle had not been dismissed in consequence of his crushing
-defeat at the hands of Felizardo's bolomen; in fact, greatly to his
-surprise, he had not even been reprimanded. Commissioner Furber had
-been quick to see that really he, himself, was to blame for having
-sent the small force of Constabulary against the outlaws; and he was
-not anxious to have Basil back in Manila, telling all men of what
-had happened on the mountain-side. Consequently, he had sent Basil
-fifty fresh men--from the Island of Samar, like those who had been
-killed--and had ordered him to proceed to the northern side of the
-range, and build a regular stockaded camp in the neighbourhood of
-one of the villages; meanwhile, Captain Bush's Scouts were to watch
-the southern side of the range, learning the lay of the country,
-endeavouring to obtain information concerning Felizardo and his band,
-and, as far as possible, preparing the way for a large expedition,
-which the Government intended to despatch in a few months' time.
-
-From first to last, Basil Hayle had only remained ten days in Igut,
-but the time had sufficed to complete his infatuation for Mrs Bush, and
-to confirm his detestation of her husband. At first by accident, then
-by design, he had met Mrs Bush practically every day, whilst he had
-barely spoken to Bush or his white associates. Old Don Juan Ramirez,
-the Spanish merchant, had told him all about the lives they led--of
-the mestiza girls at the other end of the town, and the drinking
-bouts in the spirit shop at the corner of the plaza; with the result
-that Basil had considered himself perfectly justified in taking the
-part of Mrs Bush against all the others, in showing his respect for
-her, and his scorn for them--which was very chivalrous in theory,
-and very injudicious in practice, as he had realised the moment he
-received orders to leave Igut. Still, in the end, his parting from
-her had been admirably unemotional; and if she did cry for hours
-after he had gone, and if his feelings did find vent in Language,
-no one in Igut had been aware of these facts.
-
-In Europe and America, where men and women are discreet, such things
-do not happen--at least they are supposed not to happen--for fear of
-the Law, or the Church, or of the Mightiest One of all, Mrs Grundy;
-but in the Tropics, especially in the Philippines, and more especially
-under the shadow of places like Felizardo's mountains, where Death
-is stalking by your side all day, squatting just outside the circle
-of firelight at night, conventions are apt to lose much of their
-force. Basil Hayle was in love with Mrs Bush. That would have been
-very wicked elsewhere, possibly it was wicked in Igut; but what was
-wholly admirable was that, in the circumstances, Basil Hayle did not
-become an open convert to the Law of the Bolo, and deal with Captain
-Bush according to that code. But this is a view of the case which few
-could understand, unless they had lived with bolomen as the background
-of their lives.
-
-Basil Hayle had marched away up the valley to the end of Felizardo's
-range, over the pass which formed the boundary of the old outlaw's
-territory, and down into the rich hemp lands on the other side where,
-near a village called Silang, he had built a stockaded post, after
-the custom of the Islands--big nipa-covered shacks, surrounded at a
-little distance by a high palisade, with a platform at a convenient
-height, and little watch-towers at each corner; and then he had sat
-down, and drilled his little brown men, and taught them to shoot,
-and, incidentally, taught them to love him above everything else on
-earth, and had waited patiently for the coming of Felizardo, or the
-ladrones, or the head-hunters, or any one else who was in search of
-trouble, being tired of looking for trouble for himself. Yet, all
-the time, he was thinking of Mrs Bush, wishing he could write, but
-not writing for fear of the letter going astray; though, had he but
-known, she heard of him, of his safety and his continued good health,
-every few days, and she concluded that the messages came from him,
-never suspecting that the servant who delivered them received them
-from a certain clerk in the Supervisor's office, the same clerk who
-had sent word concerning Basil and Mrs Bush to Felizardo; and whence
-that clerk now obtained the messages it is not hard to guess. Old
-Felizardo or Dolores Lasara could have told you....
-
-When he landed at Igut and found that there was no hotel in the place,
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt turned angrily to John Mackay. "Most scandalous
-thing! You should have warned me about this. We may be here a day,
-even two days. What are we going to do?"
-
-The Scotchman answered without removing his cigar from his mouth--Mr
-Gobbitt hated to see an employé, a mere paid person, smoking in his
-presence, as Mackay had already divined. "I guess the Bushes will
-put you up, whilst I shall go to old Don Juan's," he answered.
-
-Mr Gobbitt snorted, not liking the casual disposal of himself, and his
-temper was not improved when, without the slightest warning, he found
-himself the centre of an unusually vigorous dog-and-pig fight, none
-of the combatants in which was over-clean. "Most scandalous thing,"
-he repeated, "most scandalous! I wonder what the police can be about to
-allow it. I shall certainly summons the owners if I can.... I am sure
-I see nothing to smile at, Mr Mackay," he added with great dignity.
-
-A moment later, Captain Bush lounged up, and nodded to Mackay. "Hullo,
-John. What's on now? Coming across soon?" indicating the spirit shop
-with a jerk of his thumb. He was passing on, to see if there were any
-mails on the launch, when Mackay stopped him. "Here, Captain. This
-is Mr Joseph Gobbitt of London, who has a letter of introduction to
-you from the Commission."
-
-Captain Bush pulled himself together. "Glad to meet you, sir. If
-you'll wait a moment, we might go up to the house together. It is
-only a step. I suppose you're not going on. No? Well, you must stay
-with us. My wife will be delighted. Here, muchachos, take the Senor's
-luggage up to my house."
-
-Captain Bush was in an exceptionally good humour, having just won some
-money off the Treasurer; but, in addition to that, he had understood
-instantly that the stranger must be a man of position, probably a
-wealthy English merchant and his own state of chronic insolvency made
-it necessary for him to lose no chances.
-
-Perhaps Mrs Bush was not favourably impressed with this
-suddenly-arrived guest; certainly, he was not favourably impressed
-with her, or at least he did not like her. Amongst men, even amongst
-those of far better social position than himself, he was able to hold
-his own by reason of a certain aggressive strength of character; but
-when he found himself in the company of a lady, he was hopelessly at
-a loss, and, as is the way of his kind, revenged himself by abusing
-her afterwards.
-
-Mrs Bush did not stay long in the room. "I see you have business to
-discuss," she said, "so I will leave you till dinner. Be sure and
-look after Mr--Mr Gobbitt, John."
-
-At first, Mr Gobbitt was not very communicative, telling his host
-little beyond what was contained in the letter of introduction; but
-after a while, under the Scout officer's skilful handling, he began
-to thaw, and finally unfolded the whole of his scheme. After all,
-he told himself, why not? This American had to give him active aid,
-was bound to know everything very shortly, whilst his deposit of six
-thousand dollars secured him against possible competitors.
-
-Captain Bush was a little puzzled. He was an experienced soldier,
-despite his recently-acquired habits; he knew the Islands well,
-and therefore could see various weak points in the business; on the
-other hand, this man Gobbitt obviously had capital, obviously had
-the Government behind him; and it would be most unwise to venture
-on any interference at that stage. Later on, perhaps, there might
-be a chance of turning the affair to account; but at the moment it
-was safer merely to provide the carriers and equipment for which Mr
-Gumpertz asked, and detail half a dozen Scouts to go along with the
-party and keep the carriers in order. Once the expedition was across
-the pass, it would be Basil Hayle's task to look after it, and Captain
-Bush grinned to himself as he thought of the possible trouble which
-this stout and pompous old man might cause the Constabulary officer.
-
-At dinner, Mrs Bush made an attempt to talk to Mr Gobbitt, then,
-finding they had no interests in common, relapsed into silence. When
-she rose to leave the room, somehow she had to open the door for
-herself, whereat she raised her eyebrows slightly. Mr Gobbitt, deep
-in conversation with his host, never seemed to notice her go.
-
-After a while, Captain Bush yawned. "It's slow here. Ever seen a
-Filipino town at night? No, I don't suppose you have. Would you like
-a walk round?"
-
-They went first to the spirit shop, where the Englishman became almost
-jovial. It may have been the sense of being free for once from his
-frock-coat; it may have been the cocktails on which Captain Bush had
-insisted before dinner; it may have been the native spirit which
-the Supervisor suggested he should taste; but whatever the cause,
-time seemed to pass very quickly indeed, and when, about midnight,
-the school teacher suggested they should have a stroll down to the
-lower end of the town, Mr Joseph Gobbitt, merchant and churchwarden,
-had no objection to make.
-
-When he awakened in the morning, in the big spare room which Mrs
-Bush had prepared for him, he had rather a vague recollection of the
-walk home. Other things were vague also, but of two things he was
-certain--that he had a splitting headache, and that the beauty of the
-mestizas was not overrated. When Captain Bush came in, the merchant
-mentioned the former fact, whereat his host laughed, and went on to
-refer to the latter, thereby making Mr Gobbitt rather uncomfortable.
-
-Mrs Bush did not come down to breakfast that morning, and she did
-not trouble to make any excuses. She had heard certain rumours from
-her maid, which had sent her white with passion. She was used to
-her husband's ways--but her guest! It was absolutely abominable. Mr
-Gobbitt, on his part, was thankful for her absence. He made no
-reference to the fact, however, nor did his host; and as soon as
-the meal was over, they went out together to make arrangements for
-the carriers.
-
-"There's a road part of the way, twenty miles or so up the valley,
-and you can ride so far in a bullock-cart"--Mr Gobbitt had declined the
-offer of a horse--"but from there onwards it'll be a case of walking,"
-the Scout officer said.
-
-The merchant sighed. He was not a good walker; then he thought of
-the profits he would make out of the trip, and straightway became
-reconciled to the idea.
-
-The arrangements were quickly made, thanks to the help of the
-Presidente, and Mr Gobbitt breathed more freely. He was anxious to
-get away as soon as possible for various reasons, of which Mrs Bush
-was one.
-
-As they walked back to the house, the Englishman remembered a question
-he had meant to ask before. "Did you ever meet a son of my late
-partner, Dunk--Albert Dunk, who was our manager in Manila? He died
-near Hippapad some months back."
-
-The Captain shook his head. "He never passed through here. Probably
-he landed at Catarman, further round the bay. You might have gone in
-that way, too. I wonder old Gumpertz didn't suggest it.... No, very
-little news of that sort drifts across the mountains to us. You see,
-there're so few white men on that side for a good many miles; then,
-of course, you get plenty again."
-
-Meanwhile, John Mackay had strolled out of the town, carrying a small
-switch as his sole weapon. About a mile past the last shack, he sat
-down at the edge of the cocoa-nut grove, lit a cigar, and puffed away
-contentedly. A few minutes later, a little man, clad in blue jean and
-wearing two formidable-looking bolos, emerged from the bush some twenty
-yards away, looked cautiously up and down the grove, then came forward.
-
-"Good-morning, Senor," he said.
-
-John Mackay nodded. "Good-morning, Simon. Can a message go to the Senor
-Felizardo? It is this--I am going round this side of his mountain and
-across the pass with an Englishman. There will be six Scouts to look
-after the carriers, that is all. He will leave us alone?"
-
-The little man grinned. "Assuredly he will leave the Senor alone,
-as always. Only he will ask--where does the Senor go there?"
-
-"Down the northern valley. Not on to his mountains at all."
-
-"Very well, Senor. The message will go;" and the outlaw disappeared
-as silently as he had come.
-
-Felizardo said afterwards that John Mackay should have been more
-explicit as to his exact destination, in which case the latter part
-of this story would have been very different....
-
-Mr Joseph Gobbitt did not like the twenty-mile ride in the cart,
-which was drawn by a couple of water-buffalo, beasts for which he
-seemed to entertain a most wholesome dread. He was absolutely shaken to
-pieces, as he told John Mackay, with what that naturally-silent person
-seemed to consider wearisome persistency; yet he liked the climb over
-the pass still less; and when they reached the northern valley, he
-insisted on a rest of two days, despite the protests of John Mackay,
-who urged: "Why, it's only some fifteen miles now to Hayle's stockade
-at Silang. He can put you up comfortably there, whilst I have a run
-round and look at the land. From what I can see, it is all right. We
-are at a fair elevation, even here, quite high enough above sea-level."
-
-But Mr Gobbitt was firm. "I will rest here, and then we will go
-straight on. I see no reason for wasting time going to this stockade,
-which appears to be well off our route."
-
-The Scotchman shrugged his shoulders, and rested too; then, on
-the third morning, they moved down the valley slowly, cutting
-across from one side to another, so as to get an accurate idea of
-the whole area. On the fifth morning their task was practically
-complete. Mackay's verdict was wholly favourable. "It's valuable
-land," he said--"as good as any I know, except, of course, that in
-Samar. Only, it is curious no one has made use of it before. But I
-suppose they were afraid of the ladrones or of old Felizardo."
-
-"Who is Felizardo?" the merchant demanded.
-
-The Scotchman jerked his thumb in the direction of the mountains. "He's
-the chief up there. An outlaw."
-
-Mr Gobbitt flushed. "Rubbish! They assure me that all that sort of
-thing has been put down, and I can see it now for myself."
-
-Mackay shrugged his shoulders. "Very well. I suppose you know best. You
-are my employer, and I have come here merely to advise you on the
-nature of the land;" and, from that point onwards, he declined to
-discuss anything but hemp and hemp-growing.
-
-The following morning they decided to turn back. Mr Gobbitt was
-now in great good-humour. There was no question that, at the price
-arranged, including the payment to Mr Gumpertz, or rather to Mr Hart
-on behalf of Mr Gumpertz, he would be making an extra-ordinarily good
-bargain. He forgot the trials of the journey, that horrible cart,
-his sore feet and aching limbs; and thought only of what those trials
-would bring him ultimately. They were then taking a route slightly
-different from that by which they had come, and were just thinking
-of making a halt for breakfast, when, to the surprise of every one,
-they saw the roofs of some nipa-shacks through the trees.
-
-The place proved to be the most miserable little village Mackay had
-ever seen. There was not a soul in sight, and, as the carriers filed
-in, they looked at one another with anxious, questioning faces.
-
-John Mackay turned to the serjeant of the Scouts. "What is this?" he
-asked. Then, as the man shook his head, a sudden thought struck the
-Scotchman, and he clambered on to the veranda of the largest house,
-a dilapidated place of some size, pulled aside the matting at the door
-and went in, revolver in hand. Half a minute later he came out again,
-a little pale. "As I thought," he said. "Head-hunters."
-
-The natives looked at one another with wide-open eyes, whilst Mr
-Gobbitt's jaw dropped suddenly. "What ... what do you mean?" he
-quavered. "Head-hunters? What are they?"
-
-"People who hunt heads--your head and mine, for instance." The
-Scotchman's temper was up. "There're a dozen heads hanging up inside,
-if you want to see, including a white man's. We must get out of this,
-quick."
-
-However, it was already too late. As he spoke a score of practically
-naked savages, armed with spears and primitive bolos, appeared on
-the edge of the clearing. "Up here, all of you." Mackay grasped
-the situation instantly, but, even whilst the carriers and Scouts
-were scrambling on to the platform of the shack, the enemy secured
-two heads.
-
-Mr Gobbitt was one of the last up; in fact, had not three carriers
-assisted him, he would have been in a bad case, for the little ladder
-had given way, and climbing was impossible for him.
-
-Meanwhile, the Scouts had begun to blaze away, hitting no one, but
-none the less preventing any rush; then Mackay himself took one of
-the carbines, and dropped a head-hunter stone-dead--a lesson which
-was not lost, for the rest promptly withdrew to cover.
-
-"They will wait till evening now," the serjeant remarked, "then they
-will attack. They will not try and burn the place because of those,"
-pointing towards the ghastly trophies hanging from the roof.
-
-Mackay nodded, and went on with his task of making loopholes in the
-walls, although, as he told himself, six carbines and a revolver
-would not go very far as means of defence.
-
-Mr Gobbitt was lying back against some of the hastily-thrown-down
-packs, panting. He had lost his helmet, and both his coat and trousers
-were torn. "It's disgraceful," he said, "absolutely disgraceful! I
-shall report it to the Consul or to the Foreign Office. Why, I actually
-saw them kill two of the men in my presence."
-
-He spoke to nobody in particular, but Mackay overheard him and smiled
-grimly, thinking of the killing which was yet to come; but, in spite of
-that, when the merchant had recovered sufficiently to ask questions,
-he spoke hopefully, though he added: "You see now why no one has made
-use of this hemp land, and why they offered it to you cheaply."
-
-Mr Gobbitt's business instinct overmastered his fear, and he sat up
-suddenly. "Do you mean that Mr Gumpertz knew?"
-
-Once again the Scotchman shrugged his shoulders. "It is quite
-possible," he said dryly. "And if we had taken a slightly different
-route, you would have bought it, not knowing."
-
-The merchant lay back again thinking of many things, of his present
-danger, of his narrow escape from buying land having such undesirable
-inhabitants, of his deposit which he might not return to claim. Then
-he happened to glance upwards and received the greatest shock of
-his life, for there, amongst those grisly treasures of the village,
-was the head of Albert Dunk.
-
-John Mackay looked round sharply at the cry, and hurried to his
-employer's side. As soon as the Scotchman could make sense out of the
-other man's almost incoherent utterance, he reached up and pulled
-down the trophy, which he placed beneath a blanket in the corner;
-then he gave Mr Gobbitt half a glass of neat brandy, the only liquid
-they had, and strove, without much success, to calm him down.
-
-"We shall get out of it all right, we shall get out of it," he
-repeated. "And then we'll get Basil Hayle to come along, and clear
-out this gang."
-
-"Can't we go now?" the merchant asked feebly.
-
-"And be cut to pieces before we've gone a quarter of a mile? No,
-we must stay here, and chance beating them off when they attack
-to-night. Then they'll probably leave us alone altogether."
-
-It is always a weary job, waiting for savages to come and attempt
-to kill you, but it becomes even more than a weariness when you are
-half-mad with thirst, when you know there is water near by and you dare
-not go to it. John Mackay found it long; and the Scouts and carriers
-found it long; but it is doubtful whether Mr Joseph Gobbitt, lying in
-the corner, was conscious of the passage of time. His thoughts were
-just one long nightmare, in which Albert Dunk's head, Commissioner
-Gumpertz, two dead carriers outside, and a bearer cheque for six
-thousand dollars played the principal parts. Once only was his mind
-clear for a few minutes; and that was when he remembered Albert Dunk's
-bearer cheque for ten thousand pesos--five thousand dollars. That had
-been cashed just as the drawer was starting for this same district. How
-he wished that head could speak! Then he fell a-shuddering at the idea.
-
-John Mackay watched the sun set with unusual interest, possibly because
-he did not expect to see it rise again. "The attack will come soon
-now," he remarked to the serjeant, who was endeavouring to smoke,
-despite his parched mouth.
-
-The little man nodded. "Yes, Senor. I, for one, am glad I went to Mass
-last Sunday. There was a girl who asked me to meet her afterwards";
-then, for the fiftieth time, he tried the action of his carbine....
-
-"The head-hunters have them in the big shack. They will kill them all
-soon after sunset." There was a perfectly matter-of-fact ring in the
-messenger's voice.
-
-Felizardo knit his brows. He had given certain orders to the
-head-hunters, and he was not used to being disobeyed; moreover, he
-had a very kindly feeling towards John Mackay, who had once done him
-a good turn; consequently, he did not share the messenger's cheerful
-frame of mind.
-
-"What are you at the outpost doing, that you allow this?" he
-thundered. "You know the orders I have given to those savages, to
-leave all Englishmen alone. I suppose they think that, because I left
-them unpunished last time, I shall do the same again. Go down now,
-at once, and tell Manuel to make them withdraw, and then go to the
-Constabulario at Silang, and tell the Captain to come and fetch Senor
-Mackay and the fat fool away. Of course, you will tell the Captain
-you come from me. What else would you say? I can trust him."
-
-The result was that dawn found the little garrison, half-dead with
-thirst, but still awaiting the attack; and an hour after dawn John
-Mackay caught sight of Captain Hayle's tall figure coming through
-the trees, with thirty of his men at his heels.
-
-When Mr Gobbitt had swallowed a quart or so of water, followed by
-some brandy, his courage began to revive. "I told you we should be
-all right," he said peevishly to Mackay; "I never thought they were in
-earnest"; then he remembered the two carriers, slain in his presence,
-and that ghastly head, and he went a little pale, though the shuddering
-had ceased.
-
-They buried the heads--a useless formality, for the head-hunters
-unearthed them within a few hours--and then Basil Hayle escorted the
-party back to his stockade, to rest for a day or two. That evening,
-whilst Mr Gobbitt was having a much-needed wash and change, Mackay
-turned suddenly to his host. "By the way, I've got a message for
-you from Mrs Bush. She says she is very well, and hears of you often
-through the natives."
-
-Basil did not look up from the cigar he was cutting. "Thanks very
-much," he said briefly.
-
-Mr Gobbitt felt much better after the evening meal, so much better,
-in fact, that he could discuss matters calmly. "And did you know
-anything of the fate of my late partner's son?" he asked.
-
-"Of course I did," Hayle answered promptly. "Didn't they tell you in
-Manila? It was before I came to this side of the range; but Lieutenant
-Stott at Catarman told me, and I saw the copy of the report he sent
-to the Commission. He asked permission to hunt those savages down,
-but he never got any reply. Oh, all the Commissioners knew, and I
-supposed it had been made public."
-
-The merchant got up suddenly and began to pace the rather rickety
-floor. "I see it now," he growled, "I see it all. Either I am to buy
-this land which no one else will look at, because of these abominable
-persons who tried to take my head; or else I shall not come back at
-all, and they will keep the deposit. I will lay the matter before
-the Consul--no, I will lay it before the Foreign Office. I will have
-compensation. I--I----" and he spluttered with rage.
-
-Mackay winked at Basil, who smiled in return, unseen by the merchant,
-who went on. "It is scandalous, an outrage. I can see how I have been
-misled. They say the Islands are at peace; and yet two men are killed
-actually in my presence, and no arrests are made. Whilst the head of
-my late partner's son is used as a trophy! Abominable! Even in Igut,
-when I wished to summons the owners of those most offensive pigs,
-they laughed at me. Which is my quickest way back to Manila?"
-
-"Through Catarman," Basil answered. "That is the route you should
-have come, only in that case Stott would have told you of Mr Dunk's
-death. Do you see?"
-
-Mr Gobbitt's first visit in Manila was to the Consulate, when he
-demanded to see the Acting-Consul instantly. The Consul received him
-without effusion.
-
-"Had a good time in the bush, Mr Gobbitt? You look a bit thinner--yes,
-a lot thinner. What can I do for you?"
-
-"It is a long story," Mr Gobbitt began; whereupon the Acting-Consul
-put his feet on the table, and selected an extra large cigar.
-
-"Fire away," he said; but before the merchant had got very far
-the cigar had been allowed to go out, and the official was all
-attention. When it was finished, he drew a deep breath. "You had a
-lucky escape, a very lucky escape;" there was no levity in his voice
-now. "But you must admit that I warned you against Gumpertz. And I
-am afraid we can do nothing in the matter."
-
-"Why? What are you here for then, sir?" It was the voice of the
-British tax-payer talking to his employé.
-
-The Consul explained patiently. "As regards the negotiations. You were
-alone, were you not? Yes, your word, the word of an unknown man--pardon
-me, I mean unknown in America--against that of a high official. And I
-take it--I must speak plainly--you offered something in the nature of
-a bribe. You did? A present." He smiled a little grimly. "The price
-asked shows that, and it comes to the same thing. Graft, they call
-it here. That fact destroys your case at once."
-
-Mr Gobbitt breathed heavily. "And how about my deposit of six thousand
-dollars? The receipt is at the bank."
-
-"Then ask the bank to collect it," answered the Consul; "they may
-succeed."
-
-"May succeed, sir! They must succeed." Again there was the British
-tax-payer note.
-
-The Consul smiled. "We will say we hope they succeed. Still, after
-your other experiences----"
-
-"They've had the old boy this time, Blackiston," the Consul said
-to the Vice-Consul, when the visitor had departed. "Proper murder
-trick. Seems to have shaken his nerves badly. It would have shaken
-mine, too. Head-hunters--ugh!"
-
-The Vice-Consul closed the letter-book wearily. "Serve him right. He
-shouldn't be so cock-sure and pompous."
-
-One of the senior clerks from the bank took the receipt of Commissioner
-Gumpertz to the Palace, presently returning with a grave face. "They
-know nothing about any such sum, sir; and it is neither a regular
-official receipt, nor is it the Commissioner's signature."
-
-Mr Gobbitt gasped. "Why, he gave it to me himself! There must be
-some mistake."
-
-The clerk shook his head. "They are positive, sir."
-
-"Did you see him sign it?" the manager asked, a little coldly.
-
-The merchant mopped the perspiration off his forehead. "No, I cannot
-say I did. He went into another room. But your cashier can identify
-the messenger--one of those belonging to the Palace."
-
-When the cashier came, he remembered the incident perfectly. "It was
-a large sum, and I should not have handed it to a strange native;
-but I knew the porter at the hotel was reliable."
-
-It was the last straw, so far as Mr Gobbitt was concerned. "They have
-swindled me out of twelve hundred pounds," he groaned, fanning himself
-with his handkerchief the while; then a thought struck him. "You have
-the numbers of the notes? You can trace them?"
-
-The manager looked doubtful. "Some, perhaps. We will do our best. Come
-in again to-morrow, Mr Gobbitt. Meanwhile, if I were you, I should
-say nothing, and stay indoors. You need rest."
-
-In the morning, the merchant found the bank manager very cold and
-distant in his manner. "We have traced several of the notes,"
-he said. "In each case they have come from most questionable
-places--places of no repute, in fact. I presume you have witnesses
-to prove where you were that night."
-
-"I was in my room at the hotel. I went to bed very early, as I was
-starting early next morning."
-
-"Ah!" There was no mistaking the tone. "So no one saw you after
-dinner. That is a pity."
-
-Mr Gobbitt brought his hand down on the table with a thump. "Do you
-mean to insinuate, sir, that I myself passed those notes at those
-infamous places? Never in my life"--he had forgotten Igut--"never in
-my life was I in one."
-
-"I mean to insinuate nothing," the manager answered wearily. "Only
-you cannot prove that you were not out, and, if you make a fuss,
-the Commissioners will quickly prove that you were. They will get
-police, native officials, and perhaps even a native judge or two,
-to remember having met you. You can do nothing, and I can do nothing,
-and, if you will excuse me, I am very busy. Good-morning."
-
-Basil Hayle spent several hours in drawing up a report concerning
-Mr Gobbitt, the head-hunters, and Felizardo, then he read it through
-again, and straightway destroyed it.
-
-"The less said, the better," he muttered. "They'll never believe
-anything to the old man's credit, and they might shift me over it."
-
-So, instead of sending the report, he marched out by night to the
-head-hunters' village, hoping to catch them there; but only found
-the ashes of the houses, and had one of his men wounded by a spear
-thrown in the darkness. Then he went back to his stockade at Silang,
-where he sat down, and thought of Felizardo and of Captain Bush,
-and most of all of Mrs Bush, and cursed at the dreary inaction,
-and prayed that the ladrones would come along and give him a fight.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-HOW THEY REBUILT THE GALLOWS AT CALOCAN
-
-
-During the two months following Mr Gobbitt's adventure, things
-were very quiet in the neighbourhood of Felizardo's mountains. The
-old outlaw kept to his policy of trying to avoid trouble by acting
-strictly on the defensive; and, as neither Captain Bush nor Captain
-Hayle received orders to make an attack, during the whole of that time
-not a shot was fired in anger, and Captain Bush's Scouts grew so fat
-and soft, and got so completely out of hand, that they were hardly fit
-to do even one day's work in the field--unlike Hayle's Constabulary
-at Silang, who had much less to eat and were given much more to do,
-which was good, both for them and for the service.
-
-In Manila, however, neither Commissioner Furber nor the late members
-of the Provisional Government had forgotten Felizardo. The Commissioner
-was smarting over the failure of his plans. The ex-insurrecto generals
-and colonels had not forgiven the old chief, who, besides refusing help
-at a critical juncture, had also hanged ignominiously an envoy of the
-Sovereign People. Consequently, having the ear of the Commissioner,
-they lost no opportunity of relating the evil deeds of Felizardo;
-and when their imaginations failed them, they ascribed to him some of
-their own abominable doings during the rebellion. Mr Furber believed
-it all--were they not his Little Brown Brothers?--and he found an
-ally in Commissioner Gumpertz, who also had reason for feeling sore
-against Felizardo; but one or two of the other Commissioners shook
-their heads. "What harm does the old man do?" they asked. "As it is, we
-have to waste enough money on active ladrones, and a small war of this
-kind would not leave much balance"--which, being interpreted, meant
-"much to be divided amongst the faithful supporters of the Party."
-
-So Commissioner Furber had to give way, for a time at least; and
-the ex-generals and colonels gnashed their teeth with rage, for,
-in addition to the old scores, they had one or two new plans, the
-preliminaries to a fresh insurrection, which might be nipped in the
-bud if Felizardo came to hear of them, as he probably would do. So
-they put their heads together, smoking many cigarettes and drinking
-much spirit during secret conclaves in closely-shuttered old houses
-in the Walled City--which is the name for Old Manila--and at last
-they evolved a scheme which seemed to them excellent.
-
-"It will set the Americanos against Felizardo," they said. "Nothing
-enrages them so much as to have their women carried off. Then there
-will be a long and expensive war in the mountains, with the loss of
-many men; and our doings will not be noticed--until we are ready."
-
-So they appointed a committee, including, amongst others, Senor
-Guiterrez, Mr Furber's secretary, and Senor Vagas, an assistant
-collector of Customs, brother-in-law to Chief Collector Sharler,
-and Senor Talibat, the judge; and, after that, they dispersed, in
-great good-humour, feeling sure that, before many months had passed,
-they would once more be wearing large red epaulettes and large red
-sashes, and trailing huge cavalry sabres behind them.
-
-However, you cannot arrange matters of such grave national importance
-in a few days; consequently, weeks went by before anything could be
-attempted in the Islands themselves. There were funds to be collected
-and sent to other Brown Brothers in Hong Kong, who, after taking
-as much as they thought would not be noticed--patriots are never
-greedy--handed the balance to certain discreet Chinamen, wherewith
-to purchase certain articles, which, packed in small and convenient
-cases and crates, were presently put on board the German steamer
-Bertha Helwig and dispatched to Manila.
-
-Chief Collector Sharler was a young man with a clean-shaven face,
-gold-rimmed spectacles, and ideas. It is the latter only which
-are really important so far as this story is concerned. His
-appearance certainly suited his theories; but had he been gross
-and sensual-looking like Mr Gumpertz, or lean and wolfish like Mr
-Furber, and still held those same theories, the result would have
-been the same.
-
-The Chief Collector had come out from the United States full of ardour
-for the cause of the Filipino victims of Spanish tyranny. When I
-said he had ideas, perhaps I was wrong; certainly, I understated
-the case. He had obsessions, the chief of which was the doctrine
-of Racial Equality, which may be quite harmless when practised in
-a small American city, where there is no native problem, but becomes
-positively and actively dangerous when preached in the Tropics. Another
-obsession of his, a very strange one in the eyes of his colleagues,
-was his objection to all forms of corruption, a doctrine which is
-admirable everywhere, and practised in very few places.
-
-Mr Sharler had not been in the Islands long before he showed his
-faith in the first of his theories by marrying a mestiza, the sister
-of Enrique Vagas, then one of the junior clerks in his office. It
-cannot be said that this practical demonstration of his principles
-was welcome, even to those other heads of the Civil Service who had
-been the loudest in their praise of the "Little Brown Brother" policy
-of the Governor-General. It made things awkward with their own wives,
-they said; whilst, as for the Army, orders were given to the porters
-of the Military Club that no one was to be permitted to bring Mr
-Sharler into the building again as a guest. The result of all this
-was that the Chief Collector went more and more into the society of
-his wife's own people, and became more and more rabid on the subject
-of Racial Equality, discovering in his new relatives virtues which
-they themselves, even in their wildest moments, had never imagined
-they possessed--such as truthfulness, for instance.
-
-The other white members of the Customs staff encouraged their Chief
-in his obsession, and all those who had not actually got their white
-wives on the spot went through forms of marriage with mestizas;
-moreover, the Chief's earnestness on this question left him less
-time for translating his other theory, his objection to graft, into
-practice, so for a time things went very smoothly, and bank balances
-grew at a most pleasant rate. Then, one day, Enrique Vagas, having
-been soundly and deservedly kicked by an irate white chief assistant,
-suddenly remembered many instances of corruption, and straightway
-related them to his brother-in-law and superior officer. After the
-enquiry, there was a considerable number of vacancies, and what was
-more natural and fitting than that Enrique Vagas, and those other
-incorruptible Brown Brothers who had helped him track the offenders,
-should be promoted to the posts? From that time onwards, whatever
-the importers might say, matters went smoothly in the office. The
-Chief Collector heard not a single rumour of graft now, save from
-interested parties outside, and, so convinced was he of the integrity
-and loyalty of everybody, that more than once, at the suggestion of
-Vagas, he attempted to secure the withdrawal of those officious and
-useless military detectives who were detailed to watch for smuggled
-arms. But on that point he failed signally. "We have had some before,"
-the General answered curtly. "Good-morning."
-
-By a curious coincidence, the Bertha Helwig happened to arrive early
-on the morning of a public holiday. It was equally curious that Senor
-Vagas had arranged an outing for that day. One of the large Customs
-launches was to convey a party, of which the Chief Collector was
-to be a member, to a charming spot some fifteen miles away, where
-everybody would land and have lunch, and afterwards talk of Equality
-and the Rights of the People.
-
-When the other guests assembled on the quay, they found Senor Vagas
-in the highest spirits. "Congratulate me," he said. "My fiancée
-has returned on that steamer, the Bertha Helwig. We will fetch her,
-and some other friends of mine who are aboard, and take them with us."
-
-The Chief Collector beamed through his glasses. "It was a good idea,"
-he said, and ordered the launch to go alongside the German steamer. As
-they went out--the Bertha Helwig was some distance from the shore--they
-passed close to the police boat, whose captain, seeing the Chief
-Collector in the other craft, paid no more attention to her and her
-doings, as was but natural, and very convenient for Senor Vagas,
-who would have been watched had he been alone, and would have been
-stopped had he headed away up the bay when he left the Bertha Helwig.
-
-As it was, there was plenty of time to transfer all those cases
-and crates, which the discreet Chinaman in Hong Kong had shipped,
-from the steamer to the launch, whilst the Chief Collector was in the
-little saloon, going through a series of introductions, and drinking
-the beer of the Fatherland with the skipper. By the time he came on
-deck again, everything had been stowed out of sight on the launch,
-which then made her way to the appointed landing place. The next
-transfer of those cases took place a couple of hours later, whilst
-the party was lunching in a charming little banana grove, about
-half a mile away. This transhipment, like the other, did not take
-long. Two large dug-outs appeared from out of what was apparently an
-impenetrable mangrove swamp, took the cases aboard, and in the space
-of a few minutes had vanished again down the narrow passage from which
-they had emerged. Later on, when their crews opened those cases and
-crates in the moonlight, they unpacked a hundred small-bore rifles,
-and many thousands of rounds of ammunition, a fact which goes to prove
-the statement that Mr Sharler's views were a danger to the community.
-
-Neither Basil Hayle nor Captain Bush had any system of Intelligence
-worth mentioning; and, as their official reports were the only source
-of information the authorities had, it follows that the latter knew
-as little, less perhaps, than they did of what was happening in that
-part of the Island. True, each of the officers did his best according
-to his lights--rather dim lights in the case of Captain Bush--but the
-results obtained were quite out of proportion to the trouble taken,
-because nineteen statements out of every twenty collected were untrue,
-and the twentieth was usually valueless. Practically every native in
-the district was in sympathy with the old insurrecto party, or else
-was one of Felizardo's agents; consequently, it was absurd to blame
-either of the officers for not hearing of the landing of the guns,
-or for not being forewarned concerning the schemes of Senor Vagas
-and his fellow-patriots.
-
-On the other hand, Felizardo heard about the guns, and sent fifty
-of his best bolomen to try and borrow them; but they were just
-too late, for when they reached the town of San Francisco, which
-is some fifteen miles inland from Igut, the weapons were already
-stored in the house of the Presidente, who was a former member of the
-Provisional Government, and a cousin of the wife of Chief Collector
-Sharler. Felizardo had forbidden his men to make an attack on any of
-the towns, so they were compelled to leave the guns alone; but they had
-a little compensation, for they came on two ex-members of the band,
-who had deserted to the insurrectos, and these they hanged during
-the night, on the great timber belfry in the middle of the plaza,
-facing the Presidente's house.
-
-Felizardo paid well for information, and he usually eliminated those
-who played him false; consequently, he was not long in obtaining an
-insight into the plans of the patriots. Men of his, who had been with
-him for years, said they had never before seen him so angry. Even
-Dolores Lasara was unable to calm him down. For half a day he sat
-alone, smoking innumerable cigarettes, and thinking out schemes of
-revenge; then suddenly he came back to the camp, apparently calm, and
-gave his orders. There were to be outposts all round San Francisco
-and its neighbourhood, and a chain of boudjon-blowers to pass any
-alarm back to the mountains, and another chain across the pass, up
-to Basil Hayle's stockade at Silang, where the last man was to have
-a letter ready to deliver to the Constabulary officer as soon as he
-heard the warning notes on the horns. Then the old chief himself,
-with fifty of his best men, all of whom had rifles as well as bolos,
-shifted down to the outpost nearest to Igut, and waited patiently for
-the maturing of the scheme of Senor Vagas of the Customs, and Senor
-Guiterrez the secretary to Mr Furber, and Senor Talibat the judge,
-each of whom would probably have taken the first steamer to Hong Kong,
-had he known of the plans of this Enemy of the Sovereign People.
-
-Basil Hayle was sitting in his quarters within the stockade, reading,
-when he caught the sound of a boudjon--faint, two miles away perhaps,
-but perfectly distinct. He put his book down quickly, and went out on
-to the platform of the stockade, where he found the Serjeant of the
-guard listening intently. A minute later, another boudjon sounded,
-very loud and clear, within a few hundred yards this time, evidently
-answering the other.
-
-Basil and the Serjeant exchanged glances. This was the first hint
-of anything in the nature of hostilities they had received since Mr
-Gobbitt's adventure with the head-hunters.
-
-"Pretty close, that," the Captain said.
-
-The serjeant nodded. "Yes, Senor. But it does not mean an attack. They
-would not warn us beforehand in that way. Possibly, it means a
-message. We shall see."
-
-A quarter of an hour later, his prediction was justified, for a
-native, an ordinary tao by his dress, strolled up to the gate of the
-stockade, announced that he had a letter for the Senor in command of
-the Constabulario, delivered the envelope to the corporal of the guard,
-then, without another word, strolled back into the bush.
-
-The corporal lingered a few moments, until the expression on Basil's
-face told him what he wanted to know. "The cooks might hurry on the
-dinner," he said, as he got back to the little guard-house; "we shall
-be going out. It was from Felizardo. I recognised the messenger. He
-was in the fight on the hillside." And, having the first information,
-he set to work to borrow as many cigarettes as possible, so as to be
-well supplied for the march.
-
-Basil read the note once, rapidly; then re-read it very carefully,
-and immediately made up his mind. It ran:--
-
-
- "The Senor Felizardo, Chief of the Mountains, sends a greeting to
- the Chief of the Constabulario. This morning a band of a hundred
- men, all formerly of the foolish insurrecto army, started from
- the neighbourhood of San Francisco. At dawn to-morrow morning
- they will burn Igut. They wish it to be thought in Manila that
- the Senor Felizardo has done this thing, so that the Government
- will send an army against him, and, meanwhile, they will be able
- to prepare another rebellion, unobserved.
-
- "If the Captain of the Constabulario marches quickly, he may
- take them in the rear. His stockade at Silang will be safe,
- on the word of Felizardo.
-
- "They wish to kill all at Igut, save the Senora, who is promised
- to one Juan Vagas, the leader, brother to Enrique Vagas in the
- Customs."
-
-
-Then followed a brief supplementary note on the way in which the
-rifles had been introduced.
-
-Basil Hayle did not hesitate. Had it been his first experience
-of Felizardo, he would have feared a trap. As it was, however, no
-suspicion of that kind entered his mind. All he thought about now was
-to be in time, to take those insurrectos in the rear, just as they were
-attacking, and himself to kill Juan Vagas. He was more like a wild
-beast than a man when he thought of what Felizardo really meant--but
-a dangerously quiet wild beast, one which means to kill. The Law of
-the Bolo had come into his life now, fully, absolutely displacing
-all other rules of conduct. There was to be no quarter this time,
-as he told the serjeant, who grinned in great appreciation.
-
-In little over twenty minutes the column had started, leaving only
-five sick men in the stockade. So far as the latter was concerned,
-Basil trusted to Felizardo's word. He could not spare enough men to
-defend it, so he decided, very wisely, to leave it undefended.
-
-They wasted no time on the road, and before sundown they were across
-the pass, where they found a solitary boloman seated on a large rock,
-apparently awaiting them.
-
-"I am the guide," he said briefly. "There is a short cut. The ladrones
-passed down two hours ago."
-
-Most men would have called Basil Hayle a rash fool when he nodded and
-said: "Very well. Lead on;" but it was a question of taking risks,
-or of allowing the promise to Juan Vagas to be kept.
-
-They halted once, and once only, during the night, and then it was
-at the suggestion of the guide. "We shall be in time," he said;
-"the soldiers might rest a little."
-
-The men threw themselves down, and smoked and chattered in undertones
-about the great killing they were going to do; but Captain Basil
-Hayle stalked up and down, chewing fiercely on the end of his cigar.
-
-After a while, the guide spoke again. "We should be going now. One
-thing first, though. Tell your soldiers that the ladrones all
-have rifles, and are dressed in blue, like Felizardo's men usually
-are. Possibly, however, there will be bolomen dressed in white come
-out of the jungle to help you. Tell your men, so that they will know."
-
-The little soldiers grinned, understanding who those bolomen would
-be. "He, the old chief, might be there himself," they whispered to
-one another. "Who knows? We might even see him."
-
-Half a mile from Igut, the guide brought them back into the main
-road. "They have passed already," he said, pointing to the spoor.
-
-They went on very cautiously then, for there was just the faintest
-hint of dawn in the east, and they knew it was only a question of a
-few minutes before the attack would begin; in fact, had the patriots
-been bolomen, it would have begun already, but it is different when
-you have rifles.
-
-The enemy had no rear guard, partially because they had no thought
-of being attacked, partially because each man was so anxious for his
-share of the glory and of the loot. Consequently, Basil Hayle was
-quite close behind them when they entered the plaza and slew the
-sleeping Scout sentry--so close, in fact, that his men managed to
-get a most telling volley into the crowd of patriots bunched in the
-gateway of the barracks.
-
-After that, it did not take very long. True, half a dozen Scouts
-were killed before the rest could awaken and start shooting; but the
-sudden attack from behind had paralysed the patriots, and, after the
-second volley from Hayle's little men, they broke and fled. It was
-then that those bolomen in white appeared, seemingly from nowhere,
-at the corners of the plaza, and got to work quietly.
-
-Basil Hayle stood in the middle of the plaza, repeating shot-gun in
-hand, wondering whether by any chance Juan Vagas had been trapped in
-the barracks. He had no orders to give his men--he had given the only
-one necessary immediately after the last volley--"No quarter"--and he
-knew that the fight, if fight it could be called, had passed clean out
-of his control. It was getting light now, and he looked round towards
-the Bushes' house--the house he had saved--and saw a white-clad figure
-standing on the balcony, watching him.
-
-Instantly, he forgot everything, even Juan Vagas, and ran across the
-plaza. Mrs Bush gripped the balcony to steady herself. "You!" she
-cried. "You! Thank God! What is it all? Oh, what is it?"
-
-He told her in a few brief sentences. "I was only just in time,"
-he added.
-
-They were still killing patriots at the lower end of the plaza,
-Constabulary and Felizardo's men in white working together. She gave
-one glance in that direction, then covered her face.
-
-"Who are those in white, and the man on the grey horse?"
-
-It was light enough now to see fairly distinctly, and Basil realised
-at once who the little horseman, calmly smoking a cigarette, watching
-the killing, must be.
-
-"It is Felizardo himself," he said; then, thinking the other was
-looking, he raised his hand in salute. Instantly, the broad-brimmed
-hat was swept off in reply. Captain Hayle turned round quickly;
-they had seen one another now, as friends; and he must not know
-officially that the outlaw was there. When he looked round again,
-the killing was finished; the Constabulary were collecting together
-the weapons of the fallen; and both grey horse and white-clad bolomen
-had disappeared as suddenly as they had come.
-
-"Captain Hayle, have you seen my husband?"
-
-Basil started. "No, I never thought--Oh, there he is," as the Scout
-officer came hurrying up one of the streets, accompanied by three
-more breathless white men.
-
-Hayle went to meet them. "Mighty close shave, Captain," he said.
-
-Bush looked at him with wild eyes. "What is it all? What's
-happened? What are you doing here? I was in the Treasurer's--we had
-been playing cards late--when we heard the shooting, and saw the
-streets full of bolomen. I suppose this is Felizardo's doing."
-
-"No, it isn't," Basil answered curtly; he had detected the lie. "It
-was the old insurrecto gang. If I had been ten minutes later they
-would have wiped out Igut;" and he gave the other a brief outline of
-what had occurred, omitting all mention of Felizardo.
-
-Bush flushed. "I reckon my men would have put up a fight," he said
-ungraciously, whereupon Basil turned on his heel and left him. Already,
-the serjeant had reported that, though there were five dead insurrectos
-in the barracks, there were six dead Scouts, not including the sentry;
-though the Constabulary had only lost one man, and Felizardo had
-lost none.
-
-Whilst Bush was going up to the barracks, Basil glanced towards
-the balcony again; but Mrs Bush had disappeared. Still, he had the
-knowledge that he had saved her, and, what was better still, he had
-the memory of her grateful look.
-
-Suddenly, it struck him that he was deadly weary. They had been
-marching since midday the previous day, and it was now about six in
-the morning, doing a forced march through jungle, without stopping to
-cook food. He leaned against the timbers of the belfry and beckoned to
-the serjeant, who was examining a small-bore rifle he had captured. "I
-don't see the bugler anywhere, serjeant; but get the men together,
-and tell them all to pile their arms here and dismiss. They must be
-hungry and tired, and the Scouts can do the rest."
-
-The serjeant grinned. "We have left no 'rest' for them to do, Senor."
-
-It was not very dignified to be leaning against one of the posts of
-the belfry, so Basil tried to stand up erect, whilst waiting for his
-men; but the sudden relaxation of the strain had left him a little
-dazed, and, almost unconsciously, he sat down on the ground, with
-his shot-gun across his knees and his head forward. The thought which
-had kept him up so far, the memory of Mrs Bush's look, had now been
-replaced by another, which drummed through his brain with maddening
-persistency--"Why had Bush himself been allowed to escape?" A stray
-shot, a chance slash with a bolo, and----
-
-"Captain Hayle, what do you mean by this? Come into the house at
-once. You must be absolutely done up after that awful march from
-Silang." Basil felt a hand laid gently on his shoulder, and scrambled
-to his feet at once.
-
-"Mrs Bush! Oh, I'm all right, really, but tired, you know." Even
-her touch had not quite cleared his mind yet, then, with an effort,
-he pulled himself together. "I am waiting for my men, and I am afraid
-I was almost asleep. No, I don't think I will come in. Captain Bush
-seemed a little annoyed, you know."
-
-Mrs Bush looked him square in the eyes. "Captain Hayle, I ask whom
-I think fit into my house. You will come now. You know your men can
-look after themselves. I have already sent word to Ah Lung to let
-them have what they want. The Scouts can guard Igut--now."
-
-He followed her in without a word. First she brought him brandy
-and soda water; and then she glanced at his torn and muddy uniform,
-and his soaking boots, one of which was minus a heel.
-
-"I like you in those," she said suddenly. "They tell me--they tell
-me--many things. Only, you must change. I will put some other clothes
-in the spare room for you."
-
-When he came out again, dressed in a white suit of Captain Bush's,
-she had some breakfast ready for him, but he could not touch it for
-sheer weariness; whereupon she made a couch for him on one of the
-long cane sofas in the drawing-room, and then she left him. Within
-a couple of minutes he was fast asleep. Mrs Bush opened the door
-quietly, looked in, went on tiptoe to his side, and, stooping down,
-kissed his hair lightly.
-
-"I know you did it for me, dearest," she murmured; then she went
-out, just as her husband came into the house, accompanied by the
-Treasurer and the Supervisor. They were talking loudly, and did not
-appear to notice Mrs Bush until she spoke. "Please be more quiet,"
-she said. "Captain Hayle is asleep in the drawing-room."
-
-The Treasurer and the Supervisor exchanged sheepish glances, but Bush
-flushed. "I never asked him in here." Then he was sorry he had spoken,
-for her answer came, cutting like a lash: "I asked him. But for him,
-none of us would be asking any one anywhere now."
-
-"There were the Scouts----" her husband began, but she did not let
-him finish.
-
-"The Scouts! And where was the Scout officer, and the other white
-heroes, who would have saved Igut?" She turned away scornfully and
-swept upstairs.
-
-"I say, Bush, we had better get out; we aren't exactly welcome. The
-Virginian seems to be first favourite." The Supervisor was already
-moving towards the door, when Captain Bush stopped him.
-
-"You stay here. This is my house, and if I want to ask you in for a
-drink, I will."
-
-But both the others declined. "We'd sooner not. She may come back. And
-the spirit shop's open now." So, in the end, Bush had to give way;
-and, instead of seeing to his wounded, and investigating the whole
-affair, sat drinking himself into a sodden state, and listening to
-the vile insinuations of his civilian friends. There was no gratitude
-to Basil Hayle for having saved the lives of all of them, only bitter
-jealousy and resentment, coupled with a little fear, at least on the
-part of the civil officials, who, on the occasion of his former visit,
-had heard his candid opinion concerning the lives they led.
-
-Meanwhile, out on the plaza the serjeant and half a dozen men were
-keeping guard over four prisoners. The rest of the Constabulary were
-scattered. Some were still feeding in Ah Lung's store, some were
-sitting in the shade of the belfry smoking, but most had drifted away
-in search of sleeping places. But the serjeant and his little guard
-remained, for they had received those four prisoners from no less
-a person than Felizardo himself, who had handed them over with the
-words: "Tell your captain these must be hanged." And the serjeant,
-who had been in the Spanish Service, had saluted, and had taken his
-prizes to the plaza, and trussed them up securely, and then had sat
-down to wait until it should please his captain to reappear. He knew
-who those prisoners were. One was Juan Vagas himself, whilst the
-other three had been majors in the insurrecto army.
-
-Presently there came along the Presidente and many tao, with carts
-drawn by water-buffalo, and started collecting the dead. Eighty-one
-they found out of the hundred who had come in--which, as the serjeant
-said, was a good killing. And when that task was finished the
-Presidente chanced to notice those four trussed-up prisoners beside
-the belfry, and came to inspect them; but when he saw their faces he
-seemed to shiver a little, and a quick glance passed between him and
-Juan Vagas. Then he spoke in the voice which had so often made the
-tao themselves shiver, and pay fines without asking for receipts.
-
-"What are you doing with those men? If they are prisoners, why have
-you not handed them over to me, so that I can put them in gaol? I
-will send my police for them at once."
-
-But the serjeant cared for no Presidentes; moreover, he had seen that
-glance of recognition between Juan Vagas and the official. "These
-are the prisoners of the Constabulary," he said. "They remain here
-until I receive orders from my captain."
-
-The Presidente used unofficial language. "I will send my police for
-them," he retorted, and departed, storming.
-
-When the serjeant saw a dozen or so ragged civil police approaching,
-he nodded to his men. "Load," he said curtly, and the police halted
-forthwith.
-
-Once more, the Presidente came forward; it was a matter of absolutely
-vital importance for him to get possession of those prisoners, even if,
-as was possible, they did happen to escape during the night. "Where
-is your captain?" he demanded.
-
-The serjeant pointed with his revolver towards the Bushes' house. "In
-there," he said.
-
-The Presidente bit his lip. He was not really anxious to meet
-Basil Hayle, and he was much less anxious to meet Mrs Bush; so, as
-a compromise, he went to the spirit shop to consult Captain Bush,
-who did not receive him cordially.
-
-"What have I got to do with it?" the Scout growled. "I'm a soldier,
-not a forsaken police-man like Hayle. If I had taken them, I should
-have shot them out of hand, to save the trouble of hanging them. Are
-they friends or relatives of yours?" Usually he and the Presidente
-were on very good terms, but to-day his nerves were shaken. He knew he
-deserved, and might possibly get, his dismissal from the Service--that
-is, if Basil Hayle told the whole truth.
-
-He had got to go to Basil Hayle and ask his forbearance--that was the
-most bitter thought of all. He was completely in the hands of this
-Constabulary officer, whom, perhaps, he hated more than any other man
-living. They could not blame him for not knowing that the attack was
-coming, but they could, and would, blame him for not being prepared
-for an attack; whilst, if they learnt that he had been one of the
-last men on the scene---- He made a grimace at the thought.
-
-It was midday when Basil awakened, wondering at first where he could
-be; then, as he looked round, he remembered suddenly. A few minutes
-later Mrs Bush came in. "You look better now," she said. "You were
-dreadfully tired this morning. You ought to have something to eat,
-though, before you go out. One of your serjeants has been asking for
-you; and I have been watching the Presidente stalking up and down in
-front of the house like a maniac."
-
-Basil shrugged his shoulders. "They can wait," he said. "I really am
-hungry now."
-
-Whilst he was eating, he gave her a few more details of the night's
-adventure. "It was Felizardo who really saved you," he said, whereat
-she shook her head. "Yes, it was," he went on. "But for him, I should
-still have been at that dreary hole, Silang."
-
-"Was it very dreary?" she asked.
-
-He looked away. "Of course it was. I never hated a place so much in
-my life. You see----" He broke off suddenly, and for a few minutes
-there was silence; then he got up rather abruptly. "If you'll excuse
-me now, I must see what the serjeant wants."
-
-As he went out, the Presidente stopped him.
-
-"May I speak to you a moment, Captain?" the official began, but Basil
-cut him short.
-
-"Yes, in a few minutes. I must see to my men first. I'll come to your
-office, if you like."
-
-The serjeant grinned as he saluted. "I wanted to see you about those,
-Senor," jerking his thumb in the direction of his prisoners. "I
-received them from--from the Chief of the Mountains himself. He said
-they must be hanged. One is Juan Vagas, and the other three are his
-chief lieutenants."
-
-Basil drew a quick breath. Juan Vagas! So he had him, after all. He
-strode over to them, and, when Juan Vagas saw the look in his face,
-he knew that there would be no escape this time.
-
-The serjeant, who was standing beside Captain Hayle, nodded with a
-kind of grim satisfaction. "Doubtless they will rebuild the gallows
-at Calocan now, Senor. You do not remember the old ones on which
-they hanged Cinicio Dagujob and his friends many years ago, when I
-first came to this island from Samar. I was only a little boy then,
-but I can recall how this same Felizardo, who is now in the mountains,
-fought the ladrones behind old Don José's warehouse, and how the old
-corporal of the Guardia Civil had to hurry on the hanging of those
-Felizardo had wounded. Without question, these ladrones here will meet
-Cinicio in purgatory, somewhere near the big fire." Then he drew his
-officer to one side and spoke very gravely. "Senor, the Presidente
-has been trying to get the prisoners. I had to tell the men to load
-with ball cartridge. That Vagas is a friend of the Presidente's,
-and if they got them into the gaol there would be an escape to-night."
-
-"I understand," Basil nodded; he realised now that this attack on Igut
-was only a part of a widespread conspiracy against American rule, and
-the moment he had seen the prisoners he had decided himself to take
-them into Manila, and fight the question out there. "I understand,
-serjeant," he repeated. "They are to be delivered to no one without
-my orders. Where is Serjeant Reyes? Tell him to get ten men and take
-the prisoners into that shed at the back of Ah Lung's store. You and
-these other men had better go and get some rest now. I will see the
-Presidente myself."
-
-The Presidente was pacing up and down his room when Basil entered. The
-Constabulary officer wasted no words. "I hear you have demanded those
-prisoners, Senor. By what authority do you threaten my men?"
-
-The official stuttered a little. "I--I represent the civil arm, Senor,
-and these--these ladrones should be lodged in gaol."
-
-Basil laughed in a rather disconcerting fashion. "I, too, represent
-the Civil Government," he retorted; "and I am going to take those
-prisoners into Manila. I have heard of escapes from Igut Gaol." His
-tone suddenly became severe, almost fierce. "Take care, Senor. Be
-very careful. I am inclined to carry you along with me as a prisoner
-too. Probably I shall come for you later, unless you can clear yourself
-meanwhile. And now you will send to the gaol for four sets of irons,
-and have them delivered, without delay, to Serjeant Reyes, in the
-shed at the back of Ah Lung's store."
-
-The Presidente gave the order with shivering reluctance; then Basil
-seated himself at the table, in the official's own chair. "Have you
-a return of the dead found this morning? Let me see it." But the
-moment he set eyes on the document, he tore it across. "You head it
-'List of Felizardo's brigands killed by the Town Police, the Scouts,
-and the Constabulary'!" he stormed. "How dare you! You know as
-well as I do that they were insurrectos, and nothing whatever to do
-with Felizardo. As for your Town Police and Scouts----" He laughed
-scornfully. "And now make me out a proper return and sign it."
-
-When, half an hour later, Captain Hayle took his leave, he left a sad
-and perspiring Presidente behind him, one who had reached the point
-of wondering whether it would not be wiser, after all, to retire
-to Hong Kong. In the end, however, the official decided to stay,
-mainly because he knew that the next coastguard steamer, that which
-was expected in during the course of the afternoon, would inevitably
-have as passengers Basil Hayle and Juan Vagas.
-
-Basil went down to Ah Lung's store and saw his prisoners safely ironed,
-then ordered from the Chinaman sufficient stores to last his men for
-three days, and sufficient cigarettes for a month, and after that sent
-for the old serjeant. "Serjeant," he said, "I am going into Manila,
-taking Serjeant Reyes and ten men as guard for the prisoners. You
-will take command of the rest, and start at dawn for the stockade
-at Silang. Ah Lung will give you supplies for the journey. Also some
-cigarettes. Have the 'Assembly' sounded. I want to speak to the men."
-
-Perhaps it was not entirely by accident that they fell in opposite the
-Bushes' house, though for that the old serjeant was responsible. Mrs
-Bush, sitting as usual on the balcony, behind the matting blind, could
-hear every word of his short speech, a little broken when he came to
-thank them for their loyal devotion of the night before, but ringing
-out clearly when he expressed his conviction that, during his absence,
-they would take every order the old serjeant gave as coming direct
-from himself. Two months previously, when they were just raw tao from
-Samar, they would have ended by breaking ranks and clustering round
-him; now there was nothing more than a murmur, which swept along the
-line, and was infinitely grateful both to him, and to the woman who,
-unknown to him, was listening from the balcony behind.
-
-This time, there were no Scouts clustering in the gateway of the
-barracks, making disparaging remarks on "dam' Constabulario." They were
-all inside, wondering how they would explain matters to the girls of
-Igut. There was to be a fiesta, and, of course, a cock-fight on the
-following day, which meant that many questions, awkward to answer,
-would be asked.
-
-As Basil dismissed his men, the expected coastguard steamer came in
-sight round the point, greatly to his relief. True, she would not
-go out until the morning, but, once his prisoners were aboard, he
-knew they would be safe. He waited on the quay until she had come to
-an anchor, then went off to her, calmly taking the Presidente's own
-boat, and explained matters to her skipper. Half an hour later the
-Presidente, watching from his window, saw Juan Vagas and his comrades
-marched down to the quay, bundled, none too gently, into a boat, and
-taken aboard the coastguard. He drew his hand across his forehead,
-and found it damp with a cold sweat. If one of those four, young
-Pablo for instance, turned informer to save his own neck, how many
-other necks would be in danger?
-
-After seeing his prisoners aboard, Basil walked back slowly to the
-Bushes' house. He had to say good-bye to Mrs Bush, and, for all he
-knew, it might be many months before he saw her again. At the back of
-his mind there was still that haunting sense of resentment against
-Fate for allowing Bush to escape. The ethical side of the question,
-the morality or immorality of it, never occurred to him, as was but
-natural in a district where the Law of the Bolo was the only code
-which had any force. He hated the Scout officer because he knew what
-sort of man he was, and he would have welcomed Bush's death, because
-he believed it would take a load of misery and humiliation off Mrs
-Bush's shoulders; but, in justice to him, it must be said that he had
-never thought of gaining any personal advantage from the disappearance
-of the Captain. Mrs Bush had never given him any reason to suppose
-that she regarded him otherwise than as a chance acquaintance, whom
-the accidents of life, as represented by the insurrectos, had raised
-to the level of a friend.
-
-Rather to his surprise, he met Bush himself at the doorway of the
-house; and, even more to his surprise, the Scout officer treated him
-with rather sheepish cordiality. "Come in, Hayle," he said. "Glad you
-called back before you went. I hear you sent your prisoners aboard the
-coastguard. You're a wise man. The Presidente wanted me to rescue them
-for him, and I told him to go somewhere hotter.... Have a drink? My
-wife will be down in a few minutes." After he had mixed the cocktails
-and finished his at a gulp, he seemed to get a fresh grip on his
-own nerves. "I'm sorry if I was a bit short this morning," he said,
-"but the thing upset me, the suddenness of it; and I thought at first
-that you might have sent me warning. Now, I hear that there was no
-time for anything of that sort. Eighteen hours from Silang, most of
-it in the darkness! It was a thundering good march." For a moment,
-the soldier in him--and he had been a soldier of no mean quality--got
-the upper hand of his more recently-acquired personality. "I wish I
-had had the chance, and I wish I had been in the fight." For a space
-he stared out through the window, then he faced round again. "Look
-here, Hayle, what are you going to tell them in Manila about me?"
-
-Basil flushed. It was an awkward question, one not to be answered
-off-hand. Had he believed that Bush's absence was due to anything in
-the nature of cowardice he would have spared him nothing; but, so far
-as that point was concerned, he had gauged the man accurately. Sober
-or drunk, Bush was brave enough. And the real reason was ugly,
-horribly ugly; moreover, if it came out, it would give the natives
-just cause for scoffing at the white man, and, what was of infinitely
-greater importance in his eyes, it would deal a deadly blow to Mrs
-Bush's pride.
-
-"I shall report what my men did," he said at last, "and say that
-your Scouts were fully occupied with those who tried to rush the
-barracks. If they ask me concerning you, I shall merely say I had
-no time to speak to you until it was over. On the other hand, I want
-you to make a deal. If I do that for you, you are to say nothing of
-Felizardo being here."
-
-Captain Bush stared at him with wide-open eyes. "Felizardo! Felizardo
-here! What do you mean, man?"
-
-"Felizardo was at the lower corner of the plaza this morning. It was
-he who sent word to me at Silang, his men who cut up the insurrectos
-as they fled. We've got to thank him, and no one else, that Igut wasn't
-burned." But Captain Hayle said nothing of Mrs Bush and the promise to
-Juan Vagas. He himself was going to see to the settling of that score.
-
-Captain Bush mopped his forehead. "Old Felizardo himself here, in
-Igut!" he repeated; then a thought struck him. "Why didn't he send
-me warning?" he demanded, with sudden suspicion.
-
-Basil looked out of the window at the Presidente, who was just crossing
-the plaza. "If you had shown a sign of being prepared, the insurrectos
-would have become suspicious, and would not have come in. As it was,
-my fellows never entered into their calculations at all."
-
-The explanation satisfied Bush. "It sounds all right," he began,
-then he was cut short by the entrance of Mrs Bush.
-
-For a while, they talked on indifferent subjects, then Basil rose to
-leave. "I think I shall go aboard now," he said--he had arranged for
-his men to spend the night in the Scout barracks. "I haven't got over
-my long march yet, and the coastguard is sailing at dawn."
-
-Both Captain Bush and his wife accompanied their guest to the door. "We
-shall see you again?" Mrs Bush asked.
-
-Basil nodded. "Yes, I am sure to call in here on my way back; and very
-possibly I shall go through to Silang this route. It is as short as the
-other way, through Catarman"--a statement which was not strictly true.
-
-Mrs Bush smiled. "So it's only au revoir?"
-
-"Yes, only au revoir," he answered....
-
-The coastguard steamer entered Manila, flying a signal for the police
-launch, which presently arrived in a great hurry. Basil went aboard
-her at once.
-
-"I want to speak to you, Jimmy," he said to the captain, who had
-been one of his fellow-non-commissioned officers in the Garrison
-Artillery. When they were in the little cabin, "Is there any special
-news in Manila?" he demanded.
-
-"A story about a big fight at Igut," the other responded promptly,
-"or rather a lot of stories. The first was that old Felizardo had
-burned the place, massacred every one, except the Scout officer's
-wife, whom he had carried off. Now they say he was beaten, after
-all. Do you know anything?"
-
-Captain Hayle smiled. "A little. It was my fight," then, in the
-briefest terms, he outlined the story. "And now," he added, "you
-had better get ashore ahead of us, and telephone up to have these
-fellows, Enrique Vagas and the others, watched right away. And tell
-them to send down a strong guard for my prisoners. I don't want to
-march through the streets with every one staring at me; besides,
-my little chaps are in rags. We'll give you half an hour's start."
-
-It did not take long for the news to travel round Manila. Commissioner
-Furber heard it by telephone from the police, and was dumbfounded. "Do
-you think it can be true?" he asked of Senor Guiterrez, his secretary,
-who had gone deadly pale.
-
-"Shall I go and find out more details? I might go down to the
-coastguard, and tell Captain Hayle to come up at once," the secretary
-murmured, and, barely waiting for a reply, he hurried away, though
-not in the direction of the coastguard quay. He took a carromato,
-which is the local libel on a cab; but, on looking back, he saw that
-another carromato was following his. He told the driver to take a
-sharp turn into the Walled City, and found the other vehicle took
-the same turn; then, realising that the game was up, he took a very
-small revolver out of his hip-pocket, and shot himself dead.
-
-Down at the Custom House, Senor Enrique Vagas heard the news,
-and suddenly discovered that he had left some papers aboard the
-Hong Kong mail steamer, which was just leaving. He slipped out of a
-side entrance, of the existence of which the detective, who had just
-arrived, did not know, got aboard the mail-boat unperceived, and from
-that point onwards he disappears from the story. Senor Simeon Talibat,
-the judge, heard the news, and merely smiled, knowing well that they
-dare not indict him.
-
-Commissioner Furber was sitting very grim and silent when Basil Hayle
-was shown in. This was, without exception, the worst blow the Civil
-Government had received, and in the first outburst of bitterness he
-felt he would sooner that Igut had been destroyed, so that the blame
-could have fallen on Felizardo, rather than have had this exposure of
-the treachery of his Little Brown Brothers. Any sort of concealment was
-practically impossible now, in view of the suicide of his secretary,
-of which he had just heard. The whole city had heard of it too, and
-had put its own construction on it. Consequently, he did not feel
-kindly towards Captain Basil Hayle, and showed so by his manner. The
-wonderful forced march from Silang, over the pass to Igut, the sudden,
-paralysing attack, the relentless justice meted out to the insurrectos,
-were, he knew, things which would appeal to the mob; but they left
-him and his colleagues cold. They were contrary to the interests of
-the Party--and of themselves.
-
-The interview with Basil was a brief one. Basil himself had come
-intending to say nothing of Felizardo's intervention, feeling certain
-that, by mentioning it, he would only increase the bitterness against
-the old chief, and lay himself open to suspicion, which would result
-in his removal from the district. He had ample proof that it was
-the insurrectos who had made the attack--proofs, in the form of
-certain papers found on the prisoners, which he did not mention to
-the Commissioner.
-
-"Make out a formal report, and let me have it as soon as possible,"
-the Commissioner said, after Basil had given him an outline of what
-had occurred.
-
-Basil got up. "And the prisoners?" he asked.
-
-"They will be brought to trial, of course," the other snapped. "I
-presume you have good evidence."
-
-"We took them red-handed," Basil answered grimly, and prepared to
-go out.
-
-The Commissioner called him back for a parting shot. "How many did
-you kill?" he asked.
-
-"We found eighty-one dead out of a hundred."
-
-"It is abominable!" Mr Furber's voice shook with indignation. "You
-should have taken them prisoners. Probably, most of them were poor
-misguided peasants, who thought they were serving their country. You
-must have had a carnival of bloodshed. It is monstrous."
-
-Basil did not trouble whether the door banged behind him or no.
-
-Half the non-official white population of Manila seemed to be out
-in the street waiting for him--the captain of the coastguard steamer
-had been talking freely, as had also the Constabulary soldiers--and Mr
-Commissioner Furber could hear the cheers, even after he had closed the
-windows of his office. When Clancy of the Manila Star, and Johnson of
-the Herald, and Hurd of the Record, ran Basil to earth in his hotel,
-he found that they knew as much, or more, of the story than he did--in
-fact he begged them to delete certain portions relating to himself;
-but one point he did ask them to emphasise--that, if successful,
-the raid would have been ascribed to Felizardo.
-
-"Where did they get the guns?" Clancy asked suddenly. "They say they
-were all new small-bores."
-
-But Basil would not tell him. "Wait for the trial," was all they
-could get from him.
-
-When the trial came, however, that point, and a great many others
-as well, did not come out. Juan Vagas and his comrades were tried as
-ordinary ladrones. No reference was made to any political conspiracy,
-and the evidence was merely of a formal nature. It was a matter of
-common knowledge that tremendous efforts had been made to save the
-accused at any cost, on account of their family connections; but,
-though the Commission would have given way gladly enough, it dare
-not face the storm of indignation which would have been aroused
-amongst the white population. So, in the end, Juan Vagas and the
-three ex-majors were condemned to be hanged by the neck as common
-highway robbers--which they were not.
-
-Still, the subterfuge did not prevent people from talking; because
-there were the suicide of Mr Furber's secretary, and the disappearance
-of Chief Collector Sharler's brother-in-law to be explained; also
-that matter of the smuggling of the rifles, and one or two other
-little things. But the Commissioners were true to the Party, and to
-themselves, all through. The Chief Collector continued collecting and
-preaching Racial Equality; Senor Simeon Talibat continued judging,
-and often sentencing, honourable men, some of whom were white; and
-the only unfortunate thing was that Vagas and his friends had to be
-hanged. Moreover, it had been hinted unmistakably that they must be
-hanged publicly, so that all men might be sure of their death.
-
-It was over that execution that Commissioner Furber sought to have
-his revenge on Captain Basil Hayle for the trouble he had caused. "You
-brought them in. They are your prisoners. You shall have the hanging of
-them," he snarled, looking to see the Virginian flush with rage. But
-therein he was disappointed, not knowing of the score against Juan
-Vagas.
-
-"Where shall I have them hanged?" Basil asked calmly. "On the Luneta,
-in front of the band-stand? All Manila could see there."
-
-Again Mr Furber snarled. "Of course not. Take them out to Calocan;
-and do it very early one morning. I'll leave it all to you, as you
-seem ready enough to do the job."
-
-Basil Hayle looked him squarely in the face, which was a thing
-the Commissioner himself never did to a man. "I would hang them,
-and a dozen more, some insurrectos, some white men who are traitors
-to their race, if I could," he said very quietly. Then he went to
-Calocan, and arranged for the building of a new gallows on the site
-of the old one, opposite what had once been Don José Ramirez's store,
-and was now the store of Lippmann and Klosky, American citizens.
-
-No man except Basil Hayle and the prison officials knew where the
-prisoners were spending the night before the execution. As a matter of
-fact, however, they were on board a large launch, which was moored a
-mile from the shore, and the party of patriots, who were in ambush
-on the road, with the idea of rescuing their brethren, merely got
-wet and cramped as a reward for their devotion. Still, there was a
-crowd of two or three hundred on the plaza, of whom at least half
-were wearing bolos.
-
-Basil's total force consisted of his own ten men, with twenty more
-Manila Constabulary under a lieutenant, and even this reinforcement
-had been granted to him grudgingly.
-
-"There are the local police," the Commissioner had said, to which
-Basil had replied in practical fashion by taking all the rifles away
-from those police on the night previous to the execution. Still,
-despite this precaution, matters looked dangerous when they marched
-the prisoners ashore. They had roped in a space over night, and in
-that space Basil posted the Constabulary, in front of the new gallows,
-facing the crowd, and told them to load with ball, so that all men
-might be warned; but he noticed one, at least, of the Manila men slip
-in a blank cartridge, which made him feel more uneasy than ever.
-
-"We're in for it, properly," he whispered to the lieutenant; then he
-went to the two ex-soldiers who had volunteered to act as hangman,
-the insurrectos having roasted some of their chums to death during
-the war. "Be as quick as you can," he said. "And if we haven't time
-to hang them, shoot them. I'll take all responsibility."
-
-He had hardly spoken the words before he caught the flash of a bolo
-being drawn in the crowd. Vagas was then at the foot of the gallows,
-and Basil was by his side in a moment, pressing the muzzle of his
-revolver against his head. "Go up the ladder," he said; then he saw
-another bolo being drawn, and another, and yet another. The crowd was
-swaying now. "Steady! steady!" he called to his men. "If they break
-the ropes or cut them, fire at once."
-
-Those in front, against the ropes, heard his words, and seeing the
-revolver at Juan Vagas's head, tried to draw back, knowing that
-they would have been the sufferers from the one volley which the
-Constabulary could have hoped to get off. But those behind, the
-mass of the crowd, having no such fears, struggled and fought to get
-forward, or to force the others forward. There were a hundred drawn
-bolos now. A few seconds more, and the ropes would have been down,
-when a boudjon brayed out with startling suddenness from the line
-of bush which formed the top end of the little plaza, and, as men
-looked round in astonishment, they saw what seemed to be innumerable
-white-clad bolomen, jumping up out of the long grass into which they
-had crawled from the jungle, whilst, in the background, was a little
-old man on a grey horse.
-
-Twice more the boudjon sounded, and then the word passed from man to
-man in the crowd. "Felizardo! Felizardo himself! He has sworn they
-shall be hanged, because of what they had planned to do." Before the
-third blast had died away, every bolo had been sheathed, and every
-man was standing still, shivering a little.
-
-Basil Hayle thrust his revolver into his holster again, and came back
-to his place in front of his men, where he stood very still whilst
-they did justice on Juan Vagas and his fellows. Then, when it was
-over, for the second time in his life, he raised his hand in salute
-to the little old man on the grey horse, and also for the second time
-Felizardo lifted his hat. A moment later the bush had swallowed up
-him and his men.
-
-There were three reporters at the execution, and the copy they handed
-in rejoiced exceedingly the hearts of their respective editors. But Mr
-Commissioner Furber and Mr Commissioner Gumpertz and one or two other
-Commissioners used violent language. "The scoundrel's impertinence
-must be stopped at once," they said; whilst, in the Walled City, the
-ex-generals and colonels and majors of the patriot forces gnashed their
-teeth with fury, and began to evolve new schemes against Felizardo.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-HOW MR COMMISSIONER FURBER MET FELIZARDO
-
-
-The night after the hanging of Juan Vagas, the insurrecto, who had
-tried to raid Igut and carry off Mrs Bush, Basil Hayle dined at the
-Military Club, where they made much of him, although, as a rule, the
-Army regarded the Constabulary much as it regarded the Civil Service,
-as being beneath its notice, which was quite unjust--so far as the
-Constabulary was concerned.
-
-It was well after midnight when Basil left the Club in the company
-of old Major John Flint of the Infantry. They were both staying at
-the same hotel, and their way back led through the narrow streets
-of the Walled City, and thence across the Bridge of Spain, into
-the newer part of Manila. They passed one or two native police
-slouching along, looking what they really were, more like thieves
-than thief-takers. With the exception of these, however, the streets
-seemed to be absolutely deserted; consequently, when, from out of
-a dark gateway, a couple of natives, or rather mestizos, armed with
-knives, sprang at Basil and his companion, the white men were taken
-absolutely unawares.
-
-Basil dodged to one side as his assailant struck, and the knife merely
-caught him a glancing blow on the ribs, doing little damage; then he
-himself got a grip on the mestizo's throat, lifted him bodily off
-the ground with the other hand, and flung him at the man who was
-attacking Major Flint. The second mestizo staggered, dropped his
-knife, then took to his heels and fled down the street, right into
-the arms of a gigantic Sikh watchman from a neighbouring Government
-building--you can make your Little Brown Brother into a judge of the
-High Court, but you cannot trust him to guard Government stores--who,
-hearing shouts, had hurried up. The Sikh did not waste either time
-or words. He took that mestizo by the collar of his coat with one
-hand, and by his belt with the other hand, and forthwith dashed his
-brains out on the pavement, then tossed the body into the middle of
-the street, and began to wonder how he should purify himself after
-having touched such an unclean thing.
-
-Basil was binding his handkerchief round an ugly flesh wound in the
-major's forearm, and keeping his foot on the neck of the other mestizo,
-when the Sikh came up and saluted.
-
-"I have killed the one, Sahib," the watchman said. "Shall I----?" he
-nodded expressively towards the other would-be murderer, who, hearing
-the words, squirmed.
-
-Basil smiled and shook his head. "I think not, serjeant. But I wish
-you would look after him whilst we go along the street and see if we
-can find some of the police. How about the other one?"
-
-The Sikh saluted again. "I caught him trying to break into the
-Government store-house. He attacked me with a knife, and in the
-struggle I happened to kill him. So I shall report to-morrow, Sahib. It
-will save trouble," he added simply.
-
-"Curious dearth of police," Basil remarked to the major as they
-walked up the street after leaving the Sikh in charge. "It rather
-looks as if they didn't want to be about. I shouldn't have had much
-of a show if I had been alone, as I suppose they expected me to
-be. Hullo! what's that building lighted up? The Manila Star, isn't
-it? We might go in and see Clancy, and get him to telephone for a
-carromato for you. That hand of yours ought to be seen to at once;
-and I expect he's got a drink there."
-
-Clancy was just preparing to leave. He had just sent his paper to
-press--he was his own chief sub-editor--but he went back to his room
-when he saw his visitors.
-
-"Hullo!" he exclaimed, "what's this? You've got it in the hand, major;
-and you seem to have got it in the ribs, Hayle," pointing to a wet,
-dull red patch on Basil's tunic.
-
-Basil looked down in surprise. "I didn't even know the little beast
-had got through my clothes," he said. "It can only be a scratch. I
-wish you would telephone to the livery stable for a carromato, and
-then to the police."
-
-Whilst they were waiting, Basil gave the editor an outline of what
-had occurred. Clancy groaned. "My luck. If it had been half an hour
-earlier, it would have been a fine scoop for the paper. 'Vengeance
-for Vagas'--there's a snorting good headline for you."
-
-They saw the major off to the hospital in the carromato, and
-then Clancy walked down the street with Basil to the scene of the
-attack. The Sikh was still on guard, having secured the prisoner with
-his belt.
-
-"Let's have a look at this chap," Clancy said, but when he had
-scrutinised the mestizo's features, he shook his head. "I don't know
-him at all;" then they went over to where the other lay, in the middle
-of the road, and Clancy gave a low whistle. "This one I do know,
-though. He is, or rather he was, in the Education Department, one of
-Dr Charburn's especial pets--in fact, I heard they were going to make
-him headmaster of some Government school. There'll be a vacancy now,
-I guess."
-
-A few minutes later the police came along, three natives, and took
-over the prisoner with an air of surly indifference to the whole
-matter. Even the sight of the Constabulary officer's uniform was
-insufficient to make them outwardly civil and respectful. As they were
-moving off, Basil caught the word "hangman," and flushed crimson. Then
-he called them back.
-
-"When I come round to-morrow morning I shall report you for not
-saluting. Do you hear? I will take no insolence from you. Now get
-along quick, or there'll be more trouble for you."
-
-Clancy smiled. "You needn't worry to go to the station in the
-morning. That prisoner will escape."
-
-He proved to be a true prophet. When Basil was shown into the police
-captain's room, the latter gave him a queer look. "Want me on business,
-Captain Hayle?" he asked. "Or is this just a friendly social call?"
-
-Basil understood. "Has he got away?"
-
-The police captain nodded and pushed the box of cigars across to his
-guest. "It never happened. Major Flint had an accident to his hand,
-and you--well, your ribs don't show. The night captain called up
-Some One; and he said that, with the Vagas and Guiterrez business,
-they had had about enough to be going on with for some time; so your
-friend was let loose, and has probably bought a new knife by now."
-
-"Who was he?" Basil asked.
-
-The captain mentioned the name of a well-known mestizo planter. "His
-youngest son, just back from London, where they seem to allow any
-fool-doctrine to be taught to coloured men. Pity the Sikh didn't
-finish him too whilst he was about it."
-
-"I'll make sure myself next time," Basil said grimly; "one gets tired
-of this sort of business. What did they do with the other fellow?"
-
-"That carrion?" The police captain was a man of plain speech. "The
-night captain proposed to tie a stone to it and drop it over the Bridge
-of Spain, into the Pasig; but he got orders to discover an accidental
-death, a fall from an upper window--you understand?--and they're going
-to have a big funeral to-day, all the Education Department, wreaths,
-speeches, flourishing career cut short, and so on. Makes you smile,
-doesn't it?"
-
-Basil Hayle thought of the knife which had glanced along his ribs,
-and the big gash in the old major's hand, and the Sikh wondering
-how he could purify himself after having touched such vermin, but
-most of all he thought of the shame and the danger to his country,
-and therefore he did not smile.
-
-As he got up to leave, a sudden thought struck him. "Clancy knows,"
-he said. "Clancy was on the spot a few minutes afterwards."
-
-The police captain nodded. "I've just seen him, and, as a favour to
-the force, he is going to forget it. But he wouldn't have done so for
-Furber; no, sir. Awkward sort of an Irishman, unless you handle him
-right. They'd have deported him long ago, if he had been an American
-citizen. Well, so-long, Captain. I'd be careful, if I were you,
-at nights. You might have a worse accident next time."
-
-"I'm leaving for Igut by the coastguard steamer this afternoon,"
-Basil answered.
-
-Commissioner Furber made no reference to the incident of the previous
-night when Basil called on him to see if there were any further orders,
-nor did the Captain himself allude to it.
-
-"You will go back to your post at Silang," the Commissioner said,
-"and police that district, endeavouring to obtain as much information
-as possible concerning Felizardo. One thing more--remember you are
-posted on the northern side of the mountains, and there you are
-to remain. We want no more of these theatrical marches, ending in
-massacres of deluded peasants. I have had reports from the Presidente
-and other local officials, as well as from some friends in Manila,
-which go to prove that Igut was never in any real danger. I might add
-that the Governor-General is extremely annoyed at your conduct. You
-know his constant endeavour has been to gain the confidence and
-good-will of our Little Brown Brothers."
-
-It was one of Mr Commissioner Furber's customs never to look a man
-in the face; consequently, he missed Basil's expression, though,
-perhaps, the way in which Basil strode out of the room may have told
-him something.
-
-Mr Furber sighed. "A most dangerous, insolent Southerner," he
-murmured. "And yet, whilst he is a hero in Manila it would be unsafe
-to dismiss him. I could almost wish that those men last night----"
-He broke off suddenly, conscious that he was lapsing from those strict
-Methodist principles in which he had been brought up.
-
-Mr Commissioner Gumpertz, on the other hand, had fewer religious
-scruples, having been in politics much longer than his colleague. "I
-wish to blazes they had knifed the swine," he said. "He's put a stop
-to the sale of that hemp land. I can't get any one to go out and have a
-look at it now. They just shake their heads, and say, 'Head-hunters.'"
-
-Mr William P. Hart, to whom he spoke, expectorated carefully at a
-lizard on the window-sill. "Furber will give him plenty of chances of
-getting his throat cut. Furber's a bit pious, but he don't forget all
-the same, nor does Sharler. This Vagas business has hit 'em hard;
-and Mrs Sharler, Vagas's sister you know, has a tongue. It's not
-nice for a Chief Collector of Customs to have his brother-in-law
-hanged publicly. Did you hear they burned the new gallows at Calocan
-last night?"
-
-Basil heard the same news as he was going aboard the coastguard
-steamer, and laughed grimly. "A bit futile, isn't it?" he remarked
-to his informant. "They had served their purpose already."
-
-Basil only stayed a few hours at Igut, just long enough to see
-Mrs Bush, and tell her what had occurred in Manila. She shuddered
-a little when she heard how he had been ordered to superintend the
-executions. "How horrible!" she said; "and what an abominable insult
-to you. I wonder you did not refuse."
-
-He shook his head. "It was meant as an insult, I know; but I was glad
-to do the job."
-
-"Why?" She looked at him in amazement, and he thought a little
-coldly. "Why, Captain Hayle? You say you were glad to be a kind
-of hangman!"
-
-"I did not mean Juan Vagas to escape," he answered. "I had sworn he
-should die, if I had to go into the prison and shoot him myself." And
-there was a look on his face which showed her he meant what he
-was saying.
-
-"But I don't quite understand why you should have been so bitter
-against him personally. What was the reason?"
-
-Basil was staring out of the window. "I can't explain now; perhaps I
-will, some day, later on." And with that she had to be content for the
-moment, though, by dint of questioning her maid, who in turn questioned
-others in the town, she got some clue to the truth a few days later,
-and found much food for thought therein. She began to understand what
-had kept Basil going through that terrible march from Silang.
-
-Captain Bush came in just before Basil left. The Scout officer was
-grateful for what the other had not said in his report, and expressed
-his thanks with what was for him almost heartiness.
-
-"Going to stay to-night?" he added. "We can put you up."
-
-"Sorry it can't be managed," Basil answered. "I brought my ten men
-back with me, and I want to get across to Silang as soon as I can. No,
-I must go." He stared out of the window again.
-
-Mrs Bush, watching him, understood what an effort it was costing him
-to say those words, and honoured him in her heart accordingly.
-
-"I am going to have a try at Felizardo. They are sending Vigne's
-company of Scouts round to co-operate with mine." Bush's voice recalled
-Basil suddenly. "We are going to try and show you Constabulary how
-to do things."
-
-Basil gripped the arm of his chair at the thought which immediately
-flashed through his mind. "Bush is going up to Felizardo's
-mountains. Would Bush ever come back?" He, Basil Hayle, knew only
-too well what the dangers of the expedition would be.
-
-For an instant Basil thought of saying nothing, of letting the other
-go to his fate; then he remembered that, though Bush might be a man
-he loathed, Bush was also, and above all things, an officer in the
-service of the United States, so he spoke very gravely. "I have been
-up there, Bush, and I know what it means. Two companies of Scouts
-are utterly useless for the job. You will be able to do practically
-nothing, and you'll be lucky if you don't get cut to pieces as soon
-as you are well into the jungle. It is sheer lunacy sending you up."
-
-Bush flushed crimson. "When I want your advice----" he began, then
-checked himself. "Thanks for the information," he went on more quietly;
-"but Scouts are not Constabulary."
-
-Unconsciously, perhaps, Basil glanced towards Mrs Bush. She was leaning
-forward, with her chin resting on her hand, and he thought he read an
-appeal in the look she gave him. He got up at once. "No," he said,
-"Scouts are not Constabulary, so you may have different luck from
-what I had. I hope so." Bush, ashamed of his outburst, muttered some
-thanks, but Mrs Bush, pondering over it afterwards, was not quite
-sure whether he had understood the other man's meaning aright, for
-had not Basil been up the mountains, and come back, unharmed?...
-
-Basil Hayle found the stockade at Silang in perfect order. The five
-sick men he had left in it when he made the forced march to Igut
-were all well again, and back at duty. No one had interfered with
-them during the days when they had formed the sole garrison; rather
-otherwise, in fact, for a party of Felizardo's men had actually come
-down and made a camp a few hundred yards away, thus preventing
-any possibility of attack from a wandering band of ladrones,
-or from those abominable head-hunters. For the first few hours,
-the five had been distinctly alarmed, then some of the outlaws
-had come forward and explained matters. After that, everything had
-gone very smoothly. Felizardo's men had plenty of fresh meat, the
-Constabulary had some especially choice cigarettes; consequently,
-it was no difficult matter to do a deal. On the second morning,
-three of the soldiers were actually guests in the outlaws' camp,
-but a return invitation was declined. The chief had given definite
-orders on that point. Then, suddenly, there had come the news of the
-killing at Igut--wonderful, splendid news, which had made the five
-rejoice greatly one moment, and the next moment gnash their teeth with
-envy of their comrades who had been in the fight. The fact that they,
-themselves, must inevitably have fallen out long before the column
-had reached the head of the pass was entirely forgotten. Half an
-hour before the serjeant and the other men had returned, a boudjon
-had sounded a mile or so away, and when, a few minutes later, one
-of the five had glanced towards the outlaws' camp, not a trace of
-Felizardo's men was to be seen. Their special mission was concluded.
-
-From that time onwards, matters had gone very smoothly. Possibly,
-the serjeant's rule had been a little lax, but, none the less, it had
-been effective, and, even if the tao of Silang had seen a good deal
-of the Constabularios, more perhaps than they wanted, guards had been
-mounted regularly, and every man had slept within the stockade.
-
-The little men were unaffectedly glad to see their officer back, and
-Basil, on his part, was by no means sorry to settle down again. So
-much had happened since he had left Silang that the prospect of a
-rest was not unwelcome, even though it entailed being practically
-cut off from the outer world, which, to his mind, now meant from
-Mrs Bush. Unfortunately, however, his contentment did not last very
-long. Before he had been at Silang a week, he had begun to hunger for
-news from the other side of the mountain range, especially for news of
-the Scout expedition against Felizardo, which was due to start about
-that time. Yet, though he sent messenger after messenger to his brother
-officer, Lieutenant Stott, at Catarman, he learned nothing definite.
-
-"Vigne's Scouts haven't turned up yet at Igut," was all that Stott
-could report, whereat Basil had raged, knowing that every day of
-delay must make disaster more certain. Then suddenly a messenger had
-come in from Catarman, bringing news, not only of the starting of
-the expedition, but also of its return....
-
-Mrs Bush had watched the Scouts march out dry-eyed. The parting between
-her husband and herself had been unmarked even by the formality of
-a hand-shake, for she had heard already of another parting which had
-taken place in the lower end of the town an hour previously, and he had
-divined that she knew. Still, there had been something almost wistful
-in the man's eyes, some hint of the lover which had been, and a word,
-the right word, would have changed everything. She had thought,
-too, that she was giving him a chance to say it when she pleaded:
-"Do be careful, John, won't you? Don't do anything rash. Remember
-how they cut Captain Hayle's force to pieces."
-
-The mistake had lain in mentioning Basil, as she realised
-immediately. Bush's face had grown dark at once, and he had muttered a
-curse on the Constabulary in general, and Basil Hayle in particular;
-then with a curt "Good-bye" he had stalked out into the plaza, where
-Lieutenant Vigne was awaiting him. Mrs Bush had kept her tears back
-until they were out of sight, then she had hurried to her room,
-wondering why people were allowed to be so wretched.
-
-It was a cargadore, one of Bush's carriers, who brought in the first
-news. He arrived about noon on the following day, breathless, in rags,
-with a slight bolo-cut in his shoulder. He was the sole survivor,
-he declared to old Don Juan Ramirez, who cross-examined him. Was he
-quite sure of that? They gave him a much-needed glass of spirits and
-a cigarette, and then asked him again. Was he still sure there were
-none others? No, now he came to think of it there were some left,
-a little group, which, with Bush as its rear guard, was retreating
-down the hillside, fighting all the way, when he himself managed to
-dive into the jungle. There were many wounded too, very many, and
-the other officer was dead. He, Pedro, had actually seen his head
-cut off with a bolo. On that point he was certain.
-
-Don Juan had heard enough. He sighed, put on the black silk jacket he
-kept for ceremonial occasions, and went to pay one of his rare visits
-to Mrs Bush, whom he admired as much as he loathed her husband. She
-came down to meet him, white-faced and trembling, having seen the
-cargadore arrive. "They are coming back," Don Juan said.
-
-She drew a deep breath. "Ah! And Captain Bush?"
-
-Don José prided himself on his knowledge of womankind, but he could
-not decide what her tone meant. "Captain Bush is bringing them back. I
-hear, though, that there are many wounded. I have told them to clear
-out my big warehouse to serve as a hospital. Perhaps you would honour
-me by coming to see to the arrangements?"
-
-She clutched eagerly at the chance of having something to do, and
-when, just before sundown, the remnant of the column crawled in, with
-half a dozen badly wounded on rough stretchers, and only fifteen
-unwounded out of the forty-eight survivors, it found everything
-ready. The surgeon, who had come up with Lieutenant Vigne, and had
-himself escaped untouched, forgot half his weariness when he glanced
-round. "Thank God!" he said. "I was afraid there might be nothing,
-not even hot water. Do you think you could help me, Mrs Bush? Can
-you stand the sight of it? Very well." Then he stripped off his coat,
-rolled up his sleeves, and barely said a word till midnight, when he
-straightened himself up, and after that staggered a little. "That is
-all, Mrs Bush. Now, could you give me a drink?"
-
-She brought him the bottle and a glass. He poured out nearly half
-a tumblerful of brandy, and drank it off like water. "You can do
-that when you've been through Hell, Mrs Bush," he said, noticing her
-look. "I think I'll have a sleep now," and he rolled his jacket up
-for a pillow, and put it in one of the corners.
-
-She laid her hand on his sleeve. "But you can't do that, doctor. You
-must come to the house. I have a room ready for you."
-
-He bent down and kissed her hand, being overwrought. "One of those
-men will certainly die before dawn, two others are just on the border
-line. If I am here, I may save them. The orderlies will call me when
-the crises come."
-
-Mrs Bush went out, returning a couple of minutes later. The doctor
-was already asleep, so she took a blanket from a pile behind the
-door, and covered him over very gently; then she went back to the
-house to look for her husband, whom, so far, she had only seen for
-a moment--just long enough to make sure that he was unwounded. But
-Captain Bush was not to be found.
-
-"He went out with the Treasurer and the Supervisor, Senora," a very
-sleepy muchacho informed her.
-
-Like the doctor, Mrs Bush was deadly tired, and yet it was almost
-dawn before she went to sleep; this was the final, the most abominable
-insult of all. Next morning she took a definite step, writing a long
-letter to Captain Basil Hayle, giving him an account of the expedition
-as she had heard it from the doctor, in itself a perfectly harmless
-letter, and yet one the sending of which amounted to a repudiation
-of her husband's right to control her. He had his friends; she would
-have hers.
-
-The story of the fight had been the story of Basil's defeat of two
-or three months previously over again; only, this time, no boudjons
-had given warning; and the attack had begun with a volley poured in
-at twenty yards range by riflemen hidden amongst the undergrowth. The
-Scouts, winded by the long climb up the muddy hillside, had been able
-to put up no effective resistance against the bolomen, who came in
-under cover of the smoke. Those who did escape, leaving some seventy
-of their comrades, including Lieutenant Vigne, dead in the jungle,
-owed their safety to the fact that they had been able to keep together
-in a bunch; but, even then, it had been a running fight all the way
-back to the level ground, a fight in which Bush had showed a savage,
-dogged courage, being himself the last man the whole time.
-
-The Philippine Scouts though often, as in this case, loaned to the
-Civil Government, form part of the United States Army; consequently,
-it was impossible for the Commission to do as it had done in the case
-of Basil Hayle's disaster, suppress news of the whole affair. The Army
-had the best of reasons for despising and detesting the politicians
-at the Palace, so it was not long before all Manila was in possession
-of the facts.
-
-Mr Commissioner Furber waxed exceeding wroth, and proceeded to make
-matters much worse for his colleagues and himself by attempting to
-blame the Scouts.
-
-"Felizardo has only some fifty followers in all," he declared to a
-representative of the leading mestizo paper, which reproduced his
-remarks. "We have that on the best authority. It seems amazing that
-the Scouts should have retreated before such a small body, leaving
-so many dead behind them. The Governor-General is most perturbed
-about the affair, fearing that people at home may imagine that the
-culprits are some of our Little Brown Brothers, instead of being a
-gang of thieves and murderers."
-
-During the following months, expedition after expedition was dispatched
-against Felizardo, each larger and more costly than the last; yet
-each came back with a story of hardship and disaster. If Felizardo
-did allow it to get above the jungle on to the open mountain-side,
-it was sniped at, every foot of the way, by unseen riflemen, until
-its nerve was gone, and it decided to return to the cover of the bush,
-where the bolomen speedily got to work on it. No trace of a permanent
-camp was ever found, the enemy was never seen, save when he himself
-had chosen the time and place. It was inglorious, nerve-shattering,
-futile; and when the last expedition, which had consisted of some four
-hundred Scouts and Constabulary, returned with twenty men short and
-nearly fifty wounded, there was a very general feeling that Felizardo
-should be left alone for the future.
-
-"After all," as the General in command of Manila said to the Governor,
-"what harm does the old man do to us? I understand that, from the
-first, he has only asked to be left alone. I know he hanged some of
-your Brown Brothers--a good thing too. I wish he had hanged every
-insurrecto. They all deserved it."
-
-Whereupon, the Governor, who had never been in the war, and knew
-his Brown Brother only as a useful pawn in a certain political game
-in the United States, grew angry, and as soon as the plain-spoken
-General had gone, sent for Mr Commissioner Furber and one or two
-distinguished officials who had held great positions under the
-insurrecto Government, and with these he took counsel, and, after
-much discussion and deliberation, there was evolved a great scheme,
-which seemed certain to succeed.
-
-"I will go out myself," Mr Furber said, "then I shall know that no
-chance of escape is being allowed to the old villain."
-
-The scheme, like that of the late Juan Vagas, took a little time to
-prepare. "We must get some source of information from within," the
-Commissioner declared, and, with that end in view, he gave two of his
-mestizo assistants a free hand to buy the help of one, or, if possible,
-more of Felizardo's men. The first pair of mestizos drew five thousand
-pesos for a start, then, probably in a fit of mental aberration,
-wandered aboard the Hong Kong steamer, and were seen no more in the
-Philippine Islands. The second pair were more successful; in fact,
-possibly because they were escorted as far as Igut, the men did their
-work extremely well. Mr Furber never enquired into the means employed,
-and no explanation was volunteered. Still, as the reports which came
-in showed, two of the band had unquestionably turned traitors. The
-Commissioner was well pleased; it was a good start.
-
-Then, from all parts of the Islands, native troops, Scouts and
-Constabulary, every man who could be spared from his district, began
-to come in to Manila, until there were fully three thousand of them
-ready, if not exactly eager, to start on the great rounding up of the
-outlaws. Only Basil Hayle and his company seemed to have been left out.
-
-"There is always trouble where that man goes," the Commissioner said
-to the Governor-General. "We had better let him stay at Silang. He
-must be pretty weary of the place by now, and he may resign. I hope
-so," a view with which the other, who had no fondness for soldiers
-and men of action, agreed.
-
-They made a base camp at Igut, greatly to the astonishment and profit
-of the people of the place. Mr Commissioner Furber stayed with the
-Presidente, and was not introduced to Mrs Bush, although he had
-expressed a desire to meet her.
-
-"Tell him," Mrs Bush said to a mutual acquaintance who mentioned the
-matter to her, "tell him that if he chooses to stay in a native's
-house, he can remain with the natives. I have a prejudice in favour
-of my own colour," words which, when repeated to Mr Furber, tended
-to confirm his prejudice against women from the South. He, in turn,
-repeated the words to the Presidente, who thereupon made a remark
-about Mrs Bush and Captain Hayle which would have caused most white
-men to throw him out of the window, and would inevitably have made
-Basil Hayle kill him. But Mr Commissioner Furber, being of the Brown
-Brother school, listened to it all, and congratulated himself on
-having got a new weapon against the Constabulary officer.
-
-They distributed a thousand men along the northern side of the range,
-and a thousand along the southern side, whilst a thousand more went up
-on to the pass which you crossed going to Silang, and started to sweep
-the upper heights, whilst the others closed in gradually. They were
-going to drive the outlaws into that same patch of jungle where Basil
-had met with defeat, at the seaward end of the range, near Katubig.
-
-Mr Furber himself took up his quarters near the site of the latter
-place, whither the Presidente of Igut accompanied him, rather
-reluctantly, feeling, perhaps, that he was going rather too near
-to Felizardo's country, though he did not like to say so much to
-the Commissioner.
-
-It is one thing to order troops to sweep the heights of a mountain
-range, and then yourself to go down to the coast and wait for results;
-it is quite another matter for the troops themselves, especially
-when none of the men happen to be mountaineers by birth. Still, the
-little fellows did their best, despite the constant loss from snipers,
-who never save a chance of a shot in reply; and the officers were
-satisfied that none of the outlaws had slipped through the line.
-
-The men on the northern slope met with no resistance, although,
-when the roll was called, it was obvious that, somehow or other, the
-head-hunters had secured twenty-four fresh trophies from stragglers;
-whilst the party on the south side never even fired a shot.
-
-On the fourth morning, they reported to Mr Furber that they must have
-driven the outlaws down on to the seaward slope, and that it was
-now only a case of closing in and capturing, or slaying, the whole
-band. The message had hardly been delivered when another came in, this
-time from one of those two traitors in Felizardo's own camp. The band
-had broken up suddenly the previous night. The outlaws, feeling the
-game was hopeless, had gone, each his own way, slipping through the
-cordon of troops in the darkness, singly, and leaving old Felizardo
-alone with the two traitors. The three were now hiding in a small
-patch of jungle, almost on the same spot where Basil had his fight,
-and, if the troops closed in quickly, they would be certain to get
-the old chief.
-
-Mr Furber's heart rejoiced, whilst a load of anxiety seemed to slip
-from the shoulders of the Presidente.
-
-"Let them close in at once," Mr Furber said. "They must lose no time,
-and when they have him, let them bring him down here, to Katubig. I
-have had a set of irons brought. As for the two--the two men who
-have been aiding us"--traitor is an ugly word--"see that they are
-not injured in the excitement."
-
-The troops moved quickly. They were utterly weary of their task,
-believing in their own minds that it must prove futile, but the
-unexpected news passed out by the traitors put fresh heart into
-them. They were going to capture the great Felizardo, after all;
-and each man would be able to declare to the girls in his village
-that it was he who had done the deed. They surrounded that stretch
-of jungle on every side, and they drew in the cordon until the men
-were almost touching one another, hand to hand; and yet there was
-never a sign of life from inside the ring.
-
-A queer nervousness ran through them all, white officers and natives
-alike. Was he still there, the terrible little old man? Was he really
-going to be captured at last, after nearly thirty-six years? What was
-he doing now? What would he do? What---- And then Felizardo himself
-answered all the questions.
-
-A grey horse seemed to spring from nowhere, and the look on the face
-of his rider was like nothing else any of them had ever seen. It was
-before that look that they cowered, rather than before the revolver in
-the outstretched hand. The horse went through the line as if no one
-were there, though one of its hoofs cracked the skull of a serjeant
-of Constabulary, who was standing, open-mouthed, in its course.
-
-From first to last, it was a matter of seconds, twenty yards of open
-jungle at the outside, and both the grey and its rider were out of
-sight before the belated volley rattled harmlessly after them. They
-passed the word round the cordon, and the white officers sat down and
-mopped their foreheads, and wondered what Commissioner Furber would
-say. Then a thought struck one of them. "Where are those two spies
-of Furber's? I wonder whether----" He did not finish the sentence,
-but took half a company and went to investigate for himself. After
-a while, he found them both, hanging from the branch of a tree, with
-the torn fragments of the banknotes which had been the price of their
-treason scattered over the ground beneath them.
-
-The officer exchanged glances with his serjeant. "He has done it,
-single-handed," he said in an awestruck voice.
-
-The serjeant drew a deep breath. "It is ill work to betray Felizardo,
-Senor."
-
-Mr Commissioner Furber and the Presidente of Igut were sitting in
-the cool, nipa-thatched shack which served them as headquarters,
-waiting for news of the capture of Felizardo, when one of the
-half-dozen members of the Igut police, who were serving as escort,
-suddenly tumbled up the little ladder into the shack, and tried to
-hide himself in a corner. "There are bolomen," he gasped. "They have
-taken the others prisoners."
-
-The Presidente of Igut sat rigid, apparently glued to his chair,
-staring through the doorway at a little man on a grey horse, who
-had just ridden into the clearing, followed by a score of bolomen;
-but Commissioner Furber stood up to face the danger, like a white
-man should. It was, in a sense, the supreme moment of his life, and
-the good blood which was in him proved stronger than the effects of
-the evil training he had been given.
-
-He had left his revolver hanging on one of the posts of the little
-veranda, which was fortunate for him; otherwise, he would have started
-to shoot, and they would have had to kill him.
-
-Felizardo brought his horse right up to the foot of the little ladder,
-and then he spoke. "You are the Senor Furber? Good! I am Felizardo. I
-was told you wished to see me, so I have come. What is it you would
-say, Senor?"
-
-For the first time for many years, Commissioner Furber was at a loss
-for words. "I ... you"--he stammered a little--"you are at war with
-the Government, and it is my duty to have you captured."
-
-The old man smiled. "But no, Senor. The Americanos make war on me,
-which is very different. I am the Chief of these mountains. All I
-wish is to be left alone, as I have said many times."
-
-Greatly to his own surprise, Mr Furber felt a keen desire to argue
-the point with this outlaw and Enemy of the Sovereign People. "It is
-impossible," he said. "The whole island must be under our law."
-
-"There is only one law here," the other retorted, "the Law of the
-Bolo. Will you carry that word back to Manila?" Furber flushed
-slightly; so his life was to be spared. "You are in my power. Your
-troops cannot be here for at least an hour, time enough in which to
-kill many men; but I will let you go, because, after all, I want
-peace. Will you take my message to your people?" And Mr Furber
-promised.
-
-Felizardo beckoned to a couple of his men, then turned to the
-Commissioner again. "There is justice to be done, though, on the
-Presidente of Igut. He was in league with the band of Juan Vagas. Read
-that, Senor," and he handed a letter to the white man, who, after
-having read it, looked very sternly at the trembling magistrate of
-Igut. Somehow, Mr Furber's views had changed greatly during the last
-few minutes. He turned to Felizardo again. "I will deal with him,
-Senor, on my honour," he said, and for a moment there was a spark of
-hope in the Presidente's heart.
-
-But Felizardo said: "He is my prisoner, Senor Furber. Besides, it will
-save time and trouble." Then he nodded to his two men, who dragged
-the Presidente out of the shack. The shivering wretch caught hold
-of Furber's leg as he was hauled past, but the Commissioner shook
-himself free, and went inside, so that he should not see what they
-were going to do.
-
-It was, as Felizardo had predicted, an hour later when the first of
-the troops came back. Whilst the men were cutting down the body of
-the Presidente, the officer in command hurried to the shack, where
-he found the Commissioner sitting at the table with his head buried
-in his hands. He looked wearily up as the other came in.
-
-"We have lost him, after all, sir," the officer reported.
-
-He had expected an outburst of wrath, but instead of that the
-Commissioner said, very quietly: "I know. Felizardo himself has been
-here to tell me."
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-HOW MR COMMISSIONER GUMPERTZ OFFERED A REWARD
-
-
-In his stockade at Silang, Basil Hayle waited anxiously for news of
-the result of the great expedition against Felizardo. As an officer
-of the Philippines Constabulary, he felt he ought to hope that the
-band of outlaws would be broken up, and their chief either captured
-or killed. As a man, he could not disguise from himself the fact that
-he would be extremely sorry were any ill-luck to befall the old chief,
-who had proved his friend on so many occasions. The idea of Felizardo
-being taken and hanged, as Juan Vagas had deservedly been hanged,
-was absolutely repulsive to him; though on that point he had not much
-fear, feeling certain that they would never take the outlaw alive.
-
-Basil knew perfectly well that he had been excluded from all
-participation in the movement purposely, with a view to hurting his
-pride, by forcing him to remain in a state of inglorious inaction,
-a few miles from the scene of hostilities, whilst Constabulary from
-other parts of the Archipelago were brought in to do the work. But he
-took the slight philosophically, feeling that, as a matter of fact,
-he would much sooner not have anything to do with the hunting down of
-Felizardo, a view in which his men concurred heartily. He knew Bush
-and his company were going--Mrs Bush had told him so, in the latest
-of those letters which were now the great interest of his life--but
-the news did not move him, knowing, as he did, that the chances of
-any fighting were extremely small.
-
-It was two days after the meeting between Felizardo and Commissioner
-Furber that Basil heard the result of the expedition. Even then,
-all he got was a brief note from Lieutenant Stott at Catarman:--
-
-
- "Felizardo escaped after all, simply laughed at them, and rode down
- to Furber's camp, where he gave the Commissioner the fright of his
- life, and hanged your old friend, the Presidente of Igut. That is
- all I know yet. Will let you have details when they come in. They
- are sending all the troops back to Manila."
-
-
-Basil laid the note down with a sigh of relief. He knew now which
-way his sympathies really lay. After all, life at Silang would have
-seemed very drab and dreary had the fierce, chivalrous little man up
-on the mountain-side been killed, or, worse still, captured.
-
-It was from Mrs Bush that he received the first detailed account
-of the great drive, and he smiled grimly to himself as he read of
-the dramatic ending of it all, the sudden dash on horseback through
-the cordon of troops, the equally sudden appearance at Commissioner
-Furber's camp, the execution of the Presidente of Igut.
-
-
- "My husband and his men saw nothing and did nothing, save force
- their way through jungle and scramble over rocks. They all came
- back very tired and cross. In fact, every one is tired and cross,
- and in favour of leaving Felizardo alone for the future. Still,
- the man who must decide, the Commissioner, says nothing. Somehow,
- he seems to have changed, and every one is wondering what he said
- to Felizardo, or what Felizardo said to him; but the only witness,
- that hateful Presidente, cannot tell us now."
-
-
-Basil read the letter several times; then sat down and cursed things
-in general, and Silang in particular, which was extremely illogical. If
-he had cursed anything, he should have cursed his own folly in falling
-in love with a married woman, who was far too proud ever to be more
-than a friend to him; but, as I said before, when men, and women
-too, live under the shadow of a place like Felizardo's mountain,
-and have the Law of the Bolo as the background of their lives,
-they are apt to become illogical, or even rash, and to do things
-which are never supposed to be done in civilised countries. Basil's
-conduct was the more foolish, and therefore the more indefensible,
-because he was convinced that, even if Bush were to be eliminated
-by means of the bolo, he himself would be no better off--worse even,
-for Mrs Bush would then go back to the States, and he would see her no
-more. All these things he would have seen and reasoned out, had he been
-amongst ordinary surroundings; or, at least, he ought to have done so,
-just as Mrs Bush would have seen the danger, and impropriety even, of
-writing to a man her husband loathed; but the fact remains that they
-did these unwise things, and were very miserable in consequence. They
-could not settle their love affairs as Felizardo had settled his,
-many years before, with a slash of the bolo....
-
-When Commissioner Furber got back to Manila he set his face hard,
-expecting to meet with veiled jeers and gibes; but, though men
-did rejoice over his failure, they did not do so in his presence,
-possibly because they saw that, for the time at least, he was a
-broken man. Even his colleagues showed considerable forbearance,
-saving only Commissioner Gumpertz, who, having discovered that the
-operations against Felizardo had already cost three million dollars,
-which might have gone to more deserving objects, such as himself,
-was mightily annoyed, and went to Mr Furber's office to tell him so.
-
-However, he did not say it all; in fact, he had hardly got into his
-main argument before he found it wiser to stop altogether, though,
-instead of taking his colleague's advice and finishing it outside
-the door, he hurried back to his own office and vented his spleen on
-his clerks. None the less, he scored off Commissioner Furber at the
-meeting of the Commission on the following day.
-
-The Governor-General himself brought up the question of
-Felizardo. "What do you propose as your next move, Commissioner?" he
-said to Furber.
-
-The latter did not hesitate. "I have no further move in contemplation,"
-he replied.
-
-Mr Gumpertz leaned forward. "May I ask why?" he enquired with dangerous
-politeness.
-
-The Commissioner for Constabulary and Trade addressed his answer
-to the Governor, ignoring the other. "I see no use in further
-expeditions. They will do no good. We have done our best; but we have
-been mistaken all along. Felizardo would have done us no harm had we
-left him alone. He is an old man now, as I have seen for myself. He
-wishes for peace, and I should grant it to him." He spoke slowly,
-coldly, decisively, as a man whose mind was made up.
-
-The other Commissioners exchanged glances, and the Governor spoke
-in an unusually severe tone. "It was your department, Commissioner,
-which started these expeditions."
-
-Furber nodded. "Yes, my department. I myself take full responsibility
-for them, though I have been misled all through by some of our native
-officials here in Manila. It is to them that I shall give my attention
-now. I learnt a good many things whilst I was out this time. We have
-carried our philanthropy too far."
-
-Again the Commissioners exchanged glances. Could this be the same man
-who had been the one really sincere and pro-native amongst them, at
-whom they had always laughed amongst themselves, because he thought
-of his principles and not his pocket? But the Governor-General was
-growing angry. He, at least, had to stand or fall by the Little Brown
-Brother theory of Radical Equality.
-
-"Supposing, Commissioner," he said, with a veiled insult in his voice,
-"supposing the Commission decides not to make peace with this old
-scoundrel, but to continue operations. It will still be the work of
-your department to carry those out."
-
-The Commissioner laid his winning card on the table. "My department
-will carry out no more expeditions of the kind whilst I remain head of
-it. I should resign first." He spoke very quietly, knowing well that
-they dare not force his resignation, and so allow him to return to the
-United States, and tell many things to the President, whose personal
-friend he was, or, more terrible still, tell them to the Press.
-
-But though he could refuse to send out further expeditions--and he
-knew well that the Army authorities would refuse too--he could not
-open peace negotiations without the consent of the Commission, and
-that question was adjourned indefinitely.
-
-Commissioner Gumpertz tried one parting shot. "What about the three
-million dollars your 'mistake' has cost?" he demanded.
-
-His colleague's composure remained unruffled. "They are spent,"
-he answered.
-
-The Governor-General corrected him mildly. "Wasted, you mean, perhaps?"
-
-Furber smiled. "I thank you, Governor. They have been wasted,
-I should have said; and also many good lives. But"--and for once
-he looked them all squarely in the face, with flashing eyes--"I am
-not the only man here who has made mistakes, and wasted money and
-lives. And"--his glance travelled from the Governor to Commissioner
-Gumpertz, and from Commissioner Gumpertz to Commissioner Johnson,
-and on to Commissioner George--"I have never been accused of graft;"
-then, regardless of etiquette, he got up abruptly and left the room.
-
-"I am afraid his nerves have been a little tried by his recent
-experiences." The Governor-General sighed. "He must see a doctor. And
-now has any one a proposition to make regarding this Felizardo?"
-
-Commissioner Gumpertz had been building great hopes on the capture of
-Felizardo, arguing that, once the band of outlaws was destroyed, the
-destruction of the head-hunters, who had so nearly secured a trophy at
-the expense of Mr Joseph Gobbitt, would become a simple matter. Then,
-those hemp lands on the northern side of Felizardo's mountains would
-acquire a commercial value, which meant that he himself would rake
-in a very considerable sum over the selling of them. Consequently,
-he was very greatly opposed to the principle of leaving Felizardo
-alone. "There is a way," he said, in answer to the Governor-General's
-question. "We should offer a large reward for the old brigand's head,
-say five thousand dollars, gold. We know that Commissioner Furber's
-department managed to bribe two of the band to give information; and
-a big reward like this should soon bring in the scoundrel's head. It
-is far cheaper than expeditions."
-
-They discussed the matter, not at very great length, and the result
-of their discussions was seen the following morning, when bills were
-posted in Manila itself offering five thousand dollars, United States
-currency, for the head of Felizardo, the outlaw of the mountains; and
-other copies of that proclamation were sent to Igut, and Catarman, and
-Silang, though at the latter place they went straight on to the fire.
-
-The Army, seeing the bills, shook its head. "It's properly low down,"
-it said--"a pitiful confession of weakness. As if there wasn't enough
-treachery already, without making it into a profitable trade!"
-
-Commissioner Furber, interviewed by the Press on the subject,
-declined to make any statement. "I have nothing to say," he answered
-to the enquiries. "The proclamation does not emanate from my
-department.... No, I have no opinion to offer."
-
-The change in the Commissioner's views had, perhaps, been too sudden
-to last long. The shock of the meeting with Felizardo, the contact
-with a personality infinitely stronger than his own, the striking
-contrast between the old outlaw and the servile, lying mestizos of
-Manila, could not fail to leave some permanent result behind, some
-readjustment of his ideas on the native question; whilst the discovery
-of how he had been deceived and misled as to Felizardo's character
-and the strength of his band, with the consequent waste of money
-and lives, was always a very bitter memory to him, as the mestizos
-found to their cost. On the other hand, the public saw little outward
-signs of change; he was too deeply, and it must be said, sincerely,
-committed to the Party and its policy, to make any open renunciations,
-and it was only in the higher official circles, and in the councils
-of the insurrecto leaders, that they realised how great an effect the
-interview with Felizardo had produced on Commissioner Furber. Basil
-Hayle, however, perceived it on the occasion of his next interview
-with his official chief, and wrote of it to Mrs Bush, who replied:--
-
-
- "I knew when he came back from Katubig that time, after he had
- met the old chief, that he was a different man."
-
-
-Weeks passed without any news of Felizardo; and the Commission was
-beginning to fear that its offer for his head had been made in vain,
-when, in some mysterious way, rumours began to float round concerning
-the breaking-up of the band. The old man had grown so suspicious,
-it was said, that the others would stand him no longer, and now he
-was practically alone. The hopes of his enemies rose high at the news,
-which was confirmed a few days later by the announcement that overtures
-for pardon had actually been made by the mutineers.
-
-"It is the beginning of the end," Commissioner Gumpertz said to his
-secretary, William P. Hart. "When Felizardo is finished with, we can
-get the head-hunters cleared out, and then sell that hemp land. It'll
-be easy as falling off a log then."
-
-It was a week after these words were spoken that two natives, ordinary
-tao by their appearance, came in with a large native basket, made
-their way to the Police headquarters, and asked for the captain.
-
-"Well, what is it?" the latter demanded.
-
-The elder of the strangers pointed to the basket. "We have brought
-the head, Senor, the head of Felizardo."
-
-"Holy Moses!" The captain jumped out of his chair. "What do you bring
-the beastly thing in here for? Never mind, though. Wait a minute,"
-and he went to the telephone-box, where he rang up Commissioner Furber.
-
-The answer came back in a curt tone. "The matter is nothing to do
-with this department. I will not interfere, nor must you. Send them
-with a guide over to Commissioner Gumpertz' office. I believe he has
-the affair in hand."
-
-The police captain whistled. "Phew! He's in a sweet temper. Glad I
-didn't go and see him myself;" then he called a native constable,
-and put the two tao and their ghastly burden in his charge.
-
-Mr Gumpertz was pleased--in fact he was more than pleased, delighted;
-but, none the less, he did not care to inspect the trophy. Instead,
-he sent for his secretary.
-
-"Who can identify this thing, Hart?" he asked.
-
-Mr Hart scratched his head. "Well, there's Furber, of course, but I
-guess he wouldn't. He's mighty sore about it all. See here, I'll get
-De Vega to have a look round. There must be some one in the town who
-knew him by sight."
-
-It was curious how many people there were who had actually seen,
-and even spoken to, Felizardo; some had been prisoners in his camp,
-others had done business with him during the Spanish times. Senor de
-Vega picked six out of twenty or so, all men he knew personally, for
-whose honour he could vouch, and brought them back to the Palace. Then
-they took the basket into a small room, and set the head on a table,
-and all of those six reliable witnesses declared on their oath that
-it was the head of Felizardo. So there was great rejoicing, and the
-Press published obituary notices, and the two tao received much praise,
-and five thousand dollars in United States currency. Yet, curiously
-enough, those two tao did not go back to the unnamed village whence
-they had come; but instead made their way to a house in the suburbs,
-where, that same evening, they were joined by Senor de Vega and
-all the six witnesses, and the five thousand dollars were forthwith
-divided into nine parts. Then each man went on his way rejoicing,
-his pockets bulging with notes.
-
-Up in the Palace, however, Commissioner Furber was almost unsafe to
-approach, though both the Governor-General and Commissioner Gumpertz
-were more than usually genial. A week later the position of affairs
-was somewhat different, for Basil Hayle had sent in a certain dispatch
-through Lieutenant Stott at Catarman. It ran:--
-
-
- "The report of Felizardo's death as having occurred some ten
- days ago is untrue. I have the best of reasons for knowing, as,
- only this morning, I received a communication from him, warning
- me that certain mestizos and natives of Manila had secured the
- head of a cousin of his own, who had recently died at Calocan,
- and that they were bringing this in with the idea of claiming the
- reward for his, Felizardo's, head. I am sending this by special
- runner to Catarman, and trust it will reach you in time."
-
-
-When the secretary came in a few minutes later in answer to his chief's
-bell, he found the Commissioner actually smiling. "Make copies of this
-letter, Jones," he said--he had finished with mestizo secretaries--"and
-send one to each member of the Commission."
-
-At the next meeting of the Commission, the Governor-General brought
-up the subject. "It was rather an unfortunate proposal of yours,
-Commissioner Gumpertz. It is a pity that when you made it, you did
-not think of a contingency like this. We left it to you, as you will
-remember. Most unfortunate, throwing good money after bad; and, though
-we know, or think we know, the culprits, we should all look foolish if
-we were to prosecute. It is obvious we can accomplish nothing in this
-way; and though I do not think we should go as far as Commissioner
-Furber suggests, and make peace with Felizardo, I think that, for
-the time being at least, it would be wiser to suspend all operations,
-and only attack him if he leaves the mountains."
-
-And so, for a space, Felizardo was left alone.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-HOW FELIZARDO WENT BACK TO SAN POLYCARPIO
-
-
-One of the results of the new policy towards Felizardo was a decision
-to abandon the post at Silang, which, never of any great value,
-had now become quite useless.
-
-
- "You will take over the command at Calocan," Commissioner Furber
- wrote to Captain Hayle. "The officer who is there now is going
- to the Island of Leyte, and you will replace him. There are good
- quarters in what used to be the barracks of the Guardia Civil. You
- had better march overland, as we cannot spare a coastguard steamer
- at the moment."
-
-
-Basil received the news joyfully. He was utterly weary of doing
-nothing, and seeing nobody, at Silang; moreover, at Calocan he would
-at least be in touch with Igut, where Mrs Bush was; whilst, most
-important of all, the route overland to Calocan lay through Igut. His
-men also were pleased. There were stores and spirit shops at Calocan,
-institutions conspicuous by their absence at Silang, whilst some of
-the company, at least, had already made an impression on the local
-inhabitants of the new station, when they had acted as guard during
-the hanging of Juan Vagas and his fellow-insurrectos, loading with
-ball cartridge to keep the swaying crowd in order. They would be
-able to swagger through the streets, and attract the attention of all
-the prettiest girls, especially if, as seemed likely, their captain
-succeeded in getting new uniforms issued to them.
-
-"We had better burn the stockade, Senor," the old serjeant said, when
-he was told of the forthcoming move. "If we leave it, who knows but
-that some ladrone band may use it as headquarters, and then it will
-be no easy task to retake it." So they collected brushwood and grass
-and piled it high against the walls, and when the last man had left,
-Basil himself set fire to it, greatly to the disgust of some of the
-young men of Silang village, who had already decided to make the
-place into a robbers' castle.
-
-Up on Felizardo's mountains they saw the smoke, and reported the
-fact to the old chief, who nodded and said: "I am glad. Silang was no
-place for a brave man like that. Down at Calocan, which I know well,
-he may find work to do. There are insurrectos in the town itself, and
-ladrones in the bush, the two working hand in hand. Possibly, he may
-build up the gallows again, for the third time. Who knows? There are
-many in Calocan who need hanging, even as it used to be thirty-six
-years ago, when I worked in the warehouse of Don José Ramirez. The
-old corporal of the Guardia Civil kept order well in those days,
-and I think this young captain of the Constabulario will keep order
-too. They need a strong man. There should always be a gallows at
-Calocan, as I, Felizardo, have reason to know."
-
-Basil halted for the night at Igut, staying with Don Juan Ramirez,
-but he did not have a meal in Mrs Bush's house, nor did she ask him
-to stay for one, Captain Bush himself being away at San Francisco,
-higher up the valley. Still, they had a long talk, sitting out on
-the balcony, where all men might see them.
-
-"I am glad you wrote," he said suddenly. "I wanted to do so myself
-often, but, somehow, I was afraid to begin. What made you do it?"
-
-She looked away towards Felizardo's mountains. "I had news for you,"
-she said in a low voice, "the news of what had happened up on the
-mountain-side, where my husband and Lieutenant Vigne went after
-the outlaws."
-
-For a while neither of them spoke. Then "They are the only letters
-I get," he said abruptly. "There is no one else, there never was any
-one else, and there never will be."
-
-Mrs Bush did not look round. It was the first time he had given any
-hint of his feelings, at least in words, and she dare not let him see
-her face, distrusting herself. When at last she did speak it was of her
-husband. "I am sorry John is away," she said; "you might have liked
-to hear his account of the great and inglorious expedition against
-Felizardo.... And so you are going to Calocan. It will not be so dull
-there as at Silang. You will be much nearer Manila. Calocan--was not
-that where they executed those insurrectos who tried to burn this
-town? Yes, I thought so. You were going to tell me one day why you
-were so bitter against that man Vagas."
-
-Basil muttered something inaudible, and got up suddenly, whereupon
-Mrs Bush, feeling she had already punished him sufficiently for
-his outburst, for which she was partially responsible, made him
-sit down again, and from that point onwards they avoided dangerous
-subjects. Only, when he got back to Don Juan's, the old Spaniard's
-quick eyes saw that there was something wrong, and knowing
-much concerning Captain Bush, was sorry for Mrs Bush and Basil
-Hayle. Still, as he said to himself, it was a good thing that the
-Constabulary officer was not quartered in Igut itself, for any man
-with eyes in his head could see that, perhaps unknown to himself,
-Basil Hayle had become a convert to the code of the Bolo, and that,
-sooner or later, he would kill Captain Bush. His very quietness was
-in itself a dangerous sign; or at least old Don Juan, who knew most
-things connected with such matters, looked on it in that light.
-
-Basil saw Mrs Bush once more, early on the following morning. He had
-drawn his men up in the plaza, and was about to start, when he caught
-sight of her in the doorway of her house. He told the old serjeant
-to march the company off down the Calocan road, then himself went
-across the square to say farewell.
-
-"Is it au revoir again?" he asked.
-
-Mrs Bush nodded. "Of course. It is always au revoir--with you."
-
-"Will you send to me if anything happens? I can get over in a few
-hours by boat," he said suddenly.
-
-Mrs Bush tried to smile. "What should happen? And yet," her eyes
-grew suspiciously soft, "you came once before, when I had not sent,
-on the morning of the great fight in the plaza here, and saved us all."
-
-Basil flushed. "So you will send?" he persisted.
-
-She held out her hand. "Yes, I will send--if necessary."
-
-Then he hurried after his men, and in due course marched them into
-Calocan, where he took possession of the old barracks of the Guardia
-Civil, in which the Spanish corporal had lived for many years. The
-people of Calocan had hewn down and burned the new gallows, which
-he had caused to be erected a few months before; and when he made
-his first tour of inspection round the town, the men shambled
-away, cursing under their breath, whilst some of the women shouted
-"Hangman." But Basil did not trouble, remembering who it was he had
-hanged--Juan Vagas, whose share of the plunder of Igut was to have
-been Mrs Bush. His men, on the other hand, did not take matters so
-quietly, and there were many bruised heads and sore backs in Calocan
-before an understanding was reached.
-
-Before Basil had been at Calocan a week, the old Spanish priest died,
-and there came to replace him a young American, Father Doyle. As the
-latter was the only other white man in the place--unless one included,
-as no sane man would do, Messrs Lippmann & Klosky, who now occupied old
-Don José's premises, opposite the site of the gallows--there presently
-sprang up a great friendship between the Constabulary officer and the
-padre, and, although they were of different creeds, the priest soon
-learnt of the great secret, or rather the great sorrow, in the other's
-life, and, being broad-minded, sympathised with him deeply, which,
-possibly, like Basil's infatuation itself, was most wrong and improper.
-
-Father Doyle had been in Calocan a couple of months when the chance of
-his lifetime came. Probably most men, nine out of ten perhaps, have one
-great chance, sooner or later; and yet it is doubtful whether one in
-ten realises when that chance has come, and whether one in a hundred
-profits by it to the full. Some are so amazed that they rush off to
-discuss it with their friends, or stay at home and ponder over it,
-until the psychological moment has passed; others are too dull, or too
-heart-broken, to understand that it has come at all, having often got
-beyond the stage when hope is a living thing; whilst yet others are
-suddenly filled with a blind self-confidence which ruins everything.
-
-Father Doyle's chance came in the form of a message from Felizardo,
-brought to Calocan by no less a person than old Don Juan Ramirez,
-the nephew of that Don José Ramirez whose junior clerk Felizardo had
-once been. Dolores Lasara was dying, and Felizardo wanted a priest--a
-white priest, not a mestizo like the padre at Igut, or like Father
-Pablo, whom Felizardo himself had slain in the house of the Teniente
-of San Polycarpio.
-
-Don Juan found Father Doyle in the old barracks, dining with Basil
-Hayle, and delivered his message at once, adding: "I have a launch
-waiting to take you as far as Katubig. A Scotchman, John Mackay,
-a hemp-planter, will be waiting there to go up with us."
-
-Father Doyle, who had risen from his seat, looked from Don Juan to
-Basil Hayle, a question in his eyes. "But this Felizardo----" he began.
-
-"The old chief's word can be trusted. He will not harm you," Basil
-said, and then was sorry he had spoken, for that was not the question
-at all.
-
-"I was not thinking of that. It never occurred to me," the priest
-answered simply. "I was thinking that this man had killed a priest,
-and was outside the Church."
-
-Don Juan, understanding the momentary confusion in the other's mind,
-laid a hand on his arm. "Dolores Lasara never killed a priest, Father,"
-he said, "and it is Dolores who is dying."
-
-Ten minutes later the launch was on its way to Katubig. Basil went
-down to the beach to see them off. He was longing to ask Don Juan
-about Mrs Bush; but, somehow, he could not get the words out, and the
-old Spaniard, being fully occupied with the matter in hand, forgot to
-mention the Scout officer's wife; although he had intended to tell
-the Constabulary officer how, on hearing that Dolores Lasara was
-at the point of death, Mrs Bush had volunteered herself to go up to
-the mountains and nurse her, knowing, as she did, of the great love
-there had been between Felizardo and the daughter of the Teniente
-of San Polycarpio. But if Don Juan did not tell Basil Hayle then,
-he told Felizardo himself later, and the old chief did not forget,
-as he proved afterwards.
-
-At Katubig, which was now being rebuilt, they found John Mackay,
-who had been Mr Joseph Gobbitt's companion in the adventure of the
-head-hunters. Also, they found half a dozen of Felizardo's men and
-three horses.
-
-"It is not far," the leader of the outlaws said. "If the Reverend
-Father and the other Senors do not mind travelling in the dark, we
-shall be there in two hours. The road is easy enough for horses--when
-one knows it."
-
-So they rode into the darkness, up the mountain-side by an easy
-trail, the existence of which no man would have suspected, and at
-last they came to Felizardo's own dwelling, a large cave with an
-entrance screened by great boulders. Inside, a number of rooms were
-partitioned off, and in the largest of these Dolores Lasara lay dying.
-
-Felizardo himself met them outside, looking as an old man does look
-when the greatest sorrow of his life is coming upon him; but his
-eyes brightened when he saw the priest. "I thank you, my friends,"
-he said to Don Juan and John Mackay. Then he saluted the priest. "You
-are an American, Father?" he asked.
-
-Father Doyle nodded. "I am an American, yes; but first I am a priest
-of the Holy Church."
-
-"I am glad"--the old man spoke almost dreamily--"I am glad, because
-the Americans are a strong people, who will rule these Islands well
-in the end, when they have learnt----" Then suddenly he pulled himself
-together. "I have sent for you to marry me, Father," he said.
-
-Don Juan and John Mackay exchanged looks of utter surprise; but the
-priest kept his composure.
-
-"How can I?" he said. "You are at war with the Holy Church. How can
-I give you absolution after you have killed a priest?" His voice was
-very low, and full of pity and a bitter sorrow.
-
-Felizardo's tone also was low when he answered: "I will confess,
-Father, and when you have heard all you will give me absolution. I
-swore, when I slew Father Pablo, that I would never have aught to
-do with priests again; but now it is for the sake of Dolores, and
-that alters everything." For the first time since he had taken to the
-hills, Felizardo's voice broke a little; then, after a pause, he went
-on proudly, almost defiantly: "But first I will ask some questions
-of these Senors, who, as you know, would not lie, even though I,
-Felizardo the outlaw, might do so."
-
-Father Doyle sat down on one of the boulders, and rested his chin
-on his hand. He, at least, was amongst those who know when a great
-chance has come, and he listened with almost breathless anxiety for
-the questions and the answers. He was a judge of men, as a priest
-should be, and he realised that, as Felizardo had said, neither the
-Scotchman nor the Spaniard would lie. Curiously enough, the fact
-that they were in the outlaw's own camp, with probably hundreds of
-bolomen within call, struck none of them. They never gave a thought
-to the idea of treachery on the part of Felizardo.
-
-"What happened in Calocan, Senor, the night I left there? You were
-young then, very young, but perhaps you remember." Felizardo looked
-at Don Juan as he spoke, and the old Spaniard in turn looked towards
-the priest when he replied.
-
-"You fought the ladrones, Cinicio Dagujob's band, fought them
-single-handed, and saved the life and the money of my uncle, Don
-José Ramirez."
-
-"And when I slew Father Pablo, the priest of San Polycarpio, whom did I
-slay also?" There was a note of fierceness in the old man's voice now.
-
-The answer came at once, spoken slowly and deliberately, so that each
-word should tell. "You slew a man who, besides being a priest, was
-also one of the leaders of the band of Cinicio Dagujob, the ladrone,
-who sought to put shame on Dolores Lasara."
-
-"And since I have been on the hills have I ever harmed the tao? Even
-in the first years did I not only levy tribute on those who were
-oppressing the people?"
-
-Don Juan nodded. "That is so;" and John Mackay nodded too.
-
-Father Doyle rose. "It is enough," he said; and he went into the cave
-with Felizardo, and, having heard his confession, gave him absolution,
-being a man who, having no other interest in life save the service
-of his Master, was not afraid of what other men might say concerning
-him. So, at last, after thirty-six years, Dolores Lasara was married
-to Felizardo by Father Doyle, the American priest, in the presence of
-old Don Juan Ramirez the Spaniard, and John Mackay the Scotchman. Then
-the two latter went outside, and sat by a fire in the open, and waited
-for dawn, when Father Doyle came out and told them that the gentle,
-faithful soul of the wife of Felizardo had gone to its own place.
-
-Presently Felizardo came out also, looking a very old man for
-his years, and saw to their wants with a grave courtesy, making no
-mention of his loss until he had arranged everything for them; then,
-"I shall bury my wife at San Polycarpio, where she was born," he said
-very quietly.
-
-Don Juan gave an exclamation of surprise, foreseeing the difficulties,
-but Father Doyle nodded sympathetically, whilst John Mackay rose
-from his seat at once. "Then I had better see Basil Hayle," he
-said. "Calocan is but a mile or two by water from San Polycarpio."
-
-"And how about the Scouts at Igut?" Don Juan's voice was full
-of anxiety. "If they heard and made an attack, what would happen
-then? Why not tell Captain Bush also?"
-
-Felizardo shook his head. "They will not hear. We shall pass Igut in
-the night; and even if they did attack--well, there will be bolomen,
-though I want peace above all things, if only for this journey. You
-say, 'Tell Captain Bush,' Senor. No, he is not like the Captain of
-the Constabulary. He could not understand, treating his own wife as
-he does. I know, Senor, even about that."
-
-So no word went down to Igut concerning the death of Dolores and
-Felizardo's intention of burying her in her own birthplace, San
-Polycarpio; but John Mackay hastened to Calocan, and saw Basil Hayle,
-to whom he told the whole matter.
-
-Basil stroked his moustache thoughtfully. "I shall be there myself,"
-he said at last, "and I will take those of my men who escaped from the
-fight on the hillside, when Felizardo cut my company to pieces. They
-will go, not as guard to me, but as a guard of honour to the body of
-Felizardo's wife."
-
-John Mackay looked at him curiously. Somehow, he had never suspected
-Captain Hayle of being sentimental, but at that time he had heard
-nothing concerning the friendship between Mrs Bush and his host;
-otherwise, he would have known that any man who honoured his own wife
-was Basil Hayle's friend, just as Captain Bush was his enemy.
-
-It was late in the afternoon when they started down the mountain-side
-with the body of Dolores, and it was already dark when they skirted
-round Igut town. There were nearly a hundred bolomen in the procession
-when it left the mountains, and ten more joined it from Katubig,
-and twenty from Igut itself, greatly to the surprise of old Don Juan,
-who recognised two of his own warehousemen amongst them. The Spaniard
-was going through to San Polycarpio, because Felizardo was an old
-acquaintance, almost an old friend, because Felizardo and Dolores
-Lasara had, somehow, always been in the background of his life,
-and because now he felt that a definite factor had gone out of his
-life. He sighed heavily as he thought of it. Like Felizardo, he was
-growing old. It was time he went back to Spain. He had one advantage
-over the outlaw, he told himself, in that he had no wife whose death
-would make the rest of his existence a mere waiting for death, in the
-hope of reunion. Then suddenly it struck him that, after all, Felizardo
-was more fortunate, for he had a child, whilst Don Juan Ramirez of Igut
-was the last of the family. All those things the Spaniard thought of,
-as he rode by Father Doyle's side through the long night.
-
-Father Doyle went with the procession because it was his duty. It
-was therefore a matter of total indifference to him whether or no
-the Government learnt of his action and showed its annoyance. He was
-not responsible to the Philippine Commission for what he did in his
-capacity as priest. He owed allegiance to a very different Power. As
-for his actions of the previous night, his mind was at rest on that
-point. He had acted according to his own conscience, and he told
-himself with a sigh that if he could have given absolution to the
-Commissioners themselves with as little hesitation as he had given
-it to Felizardo the outlaw, it would have been a good augury for the
-future of the Islands.
-
-It was three o'clock in the morning when they reached San
-Polycarpio. Felizardo drew a deep breath, possibly to choke back a
-sob, as he looked round in the moonlight. He had not been there for
-thirty-six years, not since he had fled to the bush, carrying Dolores
-Lasara in his arms, after having slain Father Pablo, the parish
-priest and ladrone. It still looked the same. It had been just such
-another moonlight night on that occasion. There seemed to be no new
-buildings; no more bush had been cleared. The village was sleeping
-as it had slept that night, whilst he was doing the deed which was
-to make him an outlaw. Nothing had changed in San Polycarpio--only
-he was an old man, and Dolores his wife was dead. That was all.
-
-They had brought spades and pickaxes to dig a grave, but when they
-arrived at the burial-ground, lo, there was one ready, on a rise,
-under a big tree, with its foot towards Felizardo's own mountains,
-behind which the sun would rise.
-
-A tall man and a short, stout priest were standing near the grave,
-whilst in the background were some fifteen native soldiers, who
-saluted as the body went by.
-
-Felizardo dismounted and came forward. The priest began to tremble,
-having heard of what had happened to a certain predecessor of his when
-Felizardo was last in San Polycarpio; but Basil Hayle held out his
-hand, and he and the outlaw actually met at last, yet, even now, there
-was no word spoken, though they walked side by side to the church.
-
-Then Basil fell behind and whispered to Father Doyle: "I made the
-parish priest come out--he was half-dead with fear--because I was
-not sure if you would be here."
-
-Father Doyle nodded. "It was his duty in any case. This is his parish,
-not mine."
-
-So they buried Dolores, the wife of Felizardo, in the graveyard of San
-Polycarpio, with her face towards the mountains where her womanhood had
-been passed. Dawn was just breaking when they had finished, and then
-they all drew back, and left the old chief kneeling beside the grave,
-where he remained until the first ray of sunlight came from behind the
-mountains and struck the newly-turned earth, when he got up and came
-towards them, and they saw that there was a look of peace on his face.
-
-Then he shook hands with Father Doyle and with Don Juan and with
-Basil Hayle, and disappeared with his men into the bush, taking a
-circuitous route back to the mountains, which was fortunate, for
-Captain Bush, having heard a rumour of his going to San Polycarpio,
-and being still sore over his own defeat, had arranged an ambush for
-him, of which Felizardo heard in due course, and did not forget.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-HOW THE BOLO OF FELIZARDO CUT A KNOT
-
-
-Many things which happen in the jungle can be kept secret; but a
-matter like the burying of Dolores in the graveyard of San Polycarpio
-must become known. They heard of it in Manila the following day,
-from native sources, and the Press made out of it a great story,
-which was also perfectly inaccurate, as is usually the case when the
-information comes through mestizos, people to whom truth is a thing
-either hateful or unknown.
-
-Felizardo had descended on San Polycarpio with the whole of his band;
-he had slain the local police, and confined the inhabitants to their
-houses; had taken the parish priest from his bed, and compelled him,
-at the point of the bolo, to read the Burial Service; then he had
-hanged the Teniente of San Polycarpio over the grave, and after that
-had departed, swearing to return and burn the village itself, if any
-one dared to interfere with the body of his wife--such was the gist
-of the first account circulated round Manila.
-
-The insurrecto party, which had sorrowed greatly over the suspension
-of operations against Felizardo, and over Commissioner Furber's
-new attitude of suspicion, held a special meeting to discuss the
-situation, seeing a chance of forcing on a fresh campaign against the
-Chief of the Mountains, who was such a deadly enemy of the Sovereign
-People. It was even suggested that the Teniente of San Polycarpio
-should actually be hanged, in order to give an air of reality to the
-whole story. Unfortunately, however, the ex-general of the Army of
-Liberty, who made the proposal, forgot, or did not know, that the
-man sitting opposite to him happened to be a brother to that same
-Teniente. They got the knife away from the Teniente's brother before
-any serious harm was done; but, none the less, the meeting broke up
-in disorder, without having arrived at any definite decision.
-
-The Herald and the Record seized on the story eagerly. Copy was short
-that day, and this news seemed to offer such splendid opportunities
-in the way of headlines; but Clancy of the Star was suspicious, and
-would not use it without confirmation. "Get a launch and go across
-to Calocan," he said to his most reliable reporter. "You may induce
-Basil Hayle to talk. He is sure to know all about it, in fact there's
-a rumour that he himself was at the burial. If he won't tell you
-anything, which is very probable, go on to San Polycarpio itself,
-and see the priest. I would sooner have the right story to-morrow
-than use any of this rubbish to-day."
-
-The news caused a good deal of commotion in official circles. The
-Governor-General looked worried, thinking of the hopeless state into
-which the finances had got--as was inevitable, considering the class of
-man which the Party was sending out--and wondering whether it would
-now be necessary to resume those ruinously expensive expeditions
-against the outlaws, in which case some of the officials would have
-to be content with their bare salaries, as there would be nothing
-else left to divide; and that, of course, would mean trouble, and
-complaints to the Party managers. Already, Commissioner Gumpertz was
-showing a nasty spirit, as was also Commissioner Johnson, and it had
-been necessary to give them, or rather their nominees, a contract for
-a long and utterly useless road to the hills, in order to keep them
-quiet. Moreover, as that road had to be paid for by loan, the Press
-had got early information of it, and had said some things concerning
-the contract which were very unpleasant, because perfectly true. Now,
-if, as was rumoured, Felizardo was actually out on the warpath himself,
-there would be fresh expenses, fresh anxieties about money matters.
-
-Commissioner Gumpertz, on the other hand, having nothing to do with the
-finances, except as regarded the share of them which he himself got,
-was by no means displeased to hear of Felizardo's supposed raid. He
-had never given up hope of being able ultimately to sell that hemp
-land on the northern side of the outlaw's mountains; and if he could
-revive the campaign against the old chief, he felt certain in his
-own mind that this time it would be carried through to the end, even
-though the President had to order the Army to assist. Incidentally,
-too, the reopening of hostilities would be deadly to the prestige
-of Commissioner Furber, and might possibly lead to his resignation,
-in which case Mr Gumpertz was in hopes that the vacant post would
-be filled by a certain ex-partner of his own, a most admirable
-arrangement. As a result of these views, the Commissioner of Lands
-and Registration was very ready to be interviewed by the Press on
-the subject of Felizardo's latest exploit, and expressed his opinions
-most forcibly. He had always been opposed to the new policy of leaving
-this brigand alone, he said; and this outrage at San Polycarpio went
-to prove that he had been right. It would be necessary now to resume
-operations on a larger scale than ever. The Regular Army would have
-to be called upon to provide troops, its chiefs being shown plainly
-that they were, after all, merely the servants of the State, and that
-it was not for them to say whether they would, or would not, assist
-the Civil Government. The Commission must be supreme. No individual
-member of it must be allowed to dictate to his colleagues, and no
-murderer and outlaw, like Felizardo, must be allowed to remain in a
-state of insolent independence. The present state of affairs was an
-insult to the Flag, a violation of all the great principles for which
-the Party stood.
-
-True, the Herald headed its report of the interview, "Commissioner
-on the High Horse," "Gumpertz gets on the Great Gee-Gee," and thereby
-spoilt a good deal of the effect; but still the Commissioner for Lands
-and Registration had the satisfaction of knowing that he had got in
-the first blows both at his own colleague and at Felizardo. Lower
-down on the same page the Herald announced that Mr Furber declined
-to be interviewed. "The Commissioner looked cross," it stated, for
-once telling the crude truth; but it did not dare to reproduce the
-remarks which a certain highly-placed Army officer had made to its
-reporter concerning Mr Gumpertz and his views.
-
-Still, enough was published that day to set all Manila talking, and
-when, on the following morning, a launch came in from Igut, bringing
-Captain Bush's report of the affair, the sensation was even greater;
-for Bush, having conveniently forgotten the good turn Basil Hayle had
-once done him in suppressing all mention of his absence from the great
-fight in the plaza of Igut, now told the story of how the Constabulary
-officer had been present at the burial of Dolores, actually assisting
-Felizardo, instead of endeavouring to arrest him. It was a venomous,
-damning report, full of the jealousy which the man who had been a
-soldier felt of the man who would always be a soldier, and, more
-important than that, of the jealousy which the man who had made Mrs
-Bush's life utterly miserable felt of the man who could have made her
-happy. True, some of the details given in the first rumours, such as
-the hanging of the Teniente and the holding up of the village, were
-not mentioned in the Scout officer's version; but these omissions
-were hardly noticed in view of the intensely interesting character
-of the rest.
-
-"They will certainly give Hayle the sack, even if they do not bring
-him to trial," was the general opinion of Manila men who, in most
-cases, added their conviction that Captain Bush was a low-down
-cur, for, despite Basil's reticence, it had long since leaked out
-unofficially that the Scout officer had been missing on the occasion
-of the insurrecto attack, and had only appeared after the killing was
-finished. Moreover, they knew his character pretty well in Manila,
-and did not admire it greatly.
-
-Bush himself had acted deliberately in the matter. He intended to
-ruin Basil Hayle's career if possible, and the report had been the
-result of the joint efforts of the Supervisor, the school teacher,
-and himself. Its compilation had entailed the consumption of a good
-deal of spirits, but when it had been finished, and sent down to the
-skipper of the waiting launch, they all felt pleased with themselves,
-for the Supervisor and the school teacher hated the man who had saved
-their lives from Juan Vagas and his band almost as bitterly as did
-the Scout officer, remembering what he had once said concerning white
-men and mestizos. And then the school teacher said, jerking his head
-in the direction of the lower end of the town: "Shall we go and tell
-them? They'll be mighty pleased to hear it."
-
-But Bush got up, a little unsteadily, perhaps. "No; that'll do by
-and by. I'm going to tell my wife first;" which seemed to the others
-such a good idea that they laughed immoderately, and insisted that
-he should have another drink first.
-
-"You'll need it, old man," the Supervisor said; and the Treasurer, who
-came in at that moment, and had the matter explained to him, agreed.
-
-Mrs Bush listened to her husband in absolute silence, in fact so
-still did she sit that he finished lamely, almost apologetically:
-"It was my duty to report it," he said.
-
-Then her anger blazed out, and he cowered before it. "Oh, you
-coward! Your duty! Did he feel it his duty to report you when he saved
-the town you were supposed to be defending, when he saved your wife's
-honour at the hands of those brown fiends? Did he go into Manila and
-tell where you had been that night, and why you were the last man
-on the scene? To think I should have married you, when there are so
-many real men in the world! Oh, go away, and never dare to speak to
-me again. Go to the friends who are worthy of you--and to the woman
-you have put in my place, the coloured woman."
-
-Possibly, for the first time, Bush realised something of the deadly
-insult he had put on his wife, for he tried to defend himself in a
-guilty man's way, with a counter-charge.
-
-"You are in love with Hayle. That's what makes you so mad," he growled.
-
-She turned on him in superb scorn. "And if I am, have you any right to
-complain? Have you any right to speak to a white woman--you cur!" And
-then, in his rage, he struck her twice on the mouth. She staggered
-back and sank into a chair, whilst he went out, with an attempt at a
-swagger, forgetting that the natives in the plaza--there were three
-sitting in the shade of the belfry--could have seen all that had
-occurred on the balcony.
-
-When he rejoined his friends in the spirit shop, they noticed that
-he was flushed and his hand was a little shaky. "I told her, and
-she didn't like it," he said briefly. The school teacher sniggered,
-whereupon Bush turned on him savagely. "Confound you, what are you
-laughing at?"
-
-The others exchanged glances, and hastened to start some entirely
-fresh topic of conversation. Obviously, Bush had one of his bad fits
-coming on, and they knew by experience how nasty he could be. More than
-once, they had feared that he was going to quarrel with them finally,
-which might have resulted in his making peace with his wife, in which
-case many privileges they now enjoyed would have been curtailed,
-if not actually withdrawn. So they endeavoured to smooth him down,
-and after a while succeeded in their aim.
-
-Mrs Bush did not cry, at least not at first. Instead, she went to
-her room, and, after dabbing a little blood off her mouth, examined
-her lip to see how badly it was cut, doing it all very quietly, as
-though she were dazed. Then she sat down to think it out, right from
-the beginning.
-
-In a way, she blamed herself. She had known when she married John Bush
-that the curse of drink was in his family; but she had been very young
-then; she had believed she loved him; and believed, too, that she could
-keep him straight. But she had found out her mistake as soon as she
-rejoined him in Manila after the war. He was a marked man even then,
-in the Service, as the old General had told her very gently; and,
-what was even worse, finding himself shunned by his brother-officers,
-he had got into the hands of the baser class of civil officials,
-who had not the slightest compunction about separating him from his
-wife when it suited their ends to do so.
-
-Mrs Bush had always made excuses for him to herself, so long as it
-was only a case of that miserable hereditary tendency. She would get
-him back to the States before long, and then she would be able to
-reassert her influence over him; but when, through the introduction
-of the school teacher, the other woman came on the scene, there, in
-Igut itself, practically under her own eyes, she realised that any
-further efforts of hers would be useless; the end of their married
-life had come; although, until he came to boast to her that he had
-ruined Basil Hayle's career, no mention of that other woman had passed
-her lips. Even now, she was sorry she had demeaned herself by having
-spoken as she had done. Probably, he would glory in the knowledge of
-how sorely he had wounded her pride.
-
-As for the blows on her mouth, they seemed, somehow, to be matters
-of secondary consideration; in fact, when she came to think of them,
-she was almost glad he had struck her. Relations between them were
-now on a definite basis, the most definite basis of all, for no
-reconciliation was possible. There would be no more need to keep up
-appearances, to meet him, if not as a husband or lover, at least on
-terms of politeness. That stage had been passed, as she told herself
-with a sigh of relief.
-
-But when she thought of her own future movements the prospect was far
-less satisfactory. She could see no way out of her difficulties. She
-had not even the money to take her back to the United States; and even
-if, as was probable, the General were to grant her free transportation,
-she had no relatives who would give her a home. Two aunts and half a
-dozen cousins were the only members of her family she knew, and with
-these she had never been on good terms. She had very few acquaintances
-in Manila, having been in the city but a few weeks; in fact, the only
-friend she had, the only real friend, was Basil Hayle, and to him
-she could not appeal, even though, in her own mind, she was certain
-that his chivalry would prevent him from thinking any evil. It was
-because she loved him, because she was not sure of herself, that she
-could not ask him for aid.
-
-She had promised to write to him "if necessary," and now, when a
-crisis which neither of them had foreseen had come, she could not
-keep her promise.
-
-There was one thing she could do, however, one thing she must do--write
-and warn him concerning her husband's report. She glanced out towards
-the harbour. The launch had already gone, but the sea was like a
-mill-pond, and it would not take a canoe long to reach Calocan.
-
-She sat down and wrote hurriedly, in a tone very different from that
-of her ordinary letters to Basil, for she was hot at the thought of how
-her husband was repaying the other man's services. The result was that,
-quite unconsciously, she betrayed her feelings to the man she loved,
-and showed him that the breach between her husband and herself was
-now wider than ever, so wide that it could never be crossed. But she
-did not say a word of his coming to Igut, nor hint at the terrible
-problem of her future which now had to be faced.
-
-Still, none the less, Basil understood, and cursed the fate which
-made it impossible for him to offer assistance, at any rate at
-the moment. He was by no means a poor man, even though he might be
-serving as an officer in the Philippines Constabulary, and he had
-but scant regard for most conventions. On the other hand, he had
-the very greatest regard for Mrs Bush's feelings, and he realised,
-instinctively, that an offer from him might seem almost an insult,
-a suggestion that she should put herself under his protection. When he
-could see her it would be different, but that was also an impossibility
-for the time being, especially as he felt certain he would be summoned
-to Manila to explain the part he had played in the cemetery at San
-Polycarpio.
-
-For the greater part of the night, Basil sat, smoking innumerable
-cigarettes, and conceiving, and then rejecting, innumerable plans. In
-the end he wrote two letters, one to Mrs Bush and one to old Don Juan
-Ramirez. The former was the most difficult he had ever attempted; he
-wanted to say so much, and dared to say so little, the result being
-that, as in her case, he unconsciously told everything, which was,
-of course, extremely wrong, and must be attributed to the influence
-of the Law of the Bolo.
-
-To Don Juan he also told a great deal, this time with intention,
-and, perhaps for that very reason, did not tell it well; although,
-as he had foreseen, the old Spaniard knew most of it already, and was
-deeply touched by the confidence. Basil wanted to learn exactly how
-matters stood, what had occurred recently, how Mrs Bush looked, where
-Bush spent his time and took his meals--a whole host of questions,
-which caused Don Juan to knit his brows, and to wonder how many he
-dare answer.
-
-"If I tell him the whole truth, he will certainly come and kill the
-Scout officer, which would be very foolish." The Spaniard sighed--he
-had heard what those natives who were sitting in the shadow of the
-belfry had seen occur on the balcony--"So I will tell him part,
-and leave the rest to fate. Who knows? Matters may adjust themselves."
-
-So he wrote discreetly, making the best of things, and after he
-had sent the letter, called on Mrs Bush and tried to comfort her,
-speaking as one who was almost old enough to be her grandfather,
-and was also a gentleman of Spain, could speak; but when he came to
-mention Basil Hayle he realised that this was a matter in which words
-were not of much avail, for, possibly, again, because of that most
-demoralising Law of the Bolo, Mrs Bush was losing all sense of the
-sanctity of conventions. Still, the visit was not a waste of time,
-for, when he took his leave, she knew that she had yet another very
-sincere friend, one who was always close at hand.
-
-Don Juan's letter followed Basil to Manila, whither he had been
-summoned to give an explanation of his doings on the night Felizardo
-buried his wife. Basil smiled grimly as he opened the envelope. He
-had been expecting something of the kind from the outset, and he was
-quite ready to face the trouble. When Father Doyle came in later that
-evening, Basil tossed the paper across to him. "What do you think of
-that, Father?" he asked.
-
-The priest's face grew grave. "I am sorry. It may be unpleasant for
-you. And you need not have gone. I was there because it was my duty;
-but you----"
-
-Basil cut him short. "It was my duty, too. But for Felizardo, I do
-not suppose I should be here now. They would have killed me that day
-we hanged Juan Vagas, and--and there were other things as well."
-
-"Perhaps you are right. It does not follow that because you
-seem indiscreet you are wrong," Father Doyle answered, speaking
-slowly. "They say, too, that I was indiscreet--and unpatriotic."
-
-The other looked up quickly. "Who says so? The Church?"
-
-Father Doyle shook his head. "No--the Church understands, of
-course. But Commissioner Gumpertz says I was wrong," and he smiled,
-possibly because he was thinking that the censure of the Head of
-the Department of Lands and Registration was but a small matter when
-one had the approval of the Church, as Mr Gumpertz himself presently
-found to his cost, when, on his own authority, he made a statement
-to the Press that the Commission would take steps against Father Doyle.
-
-The following afternoon Basil called on Commissioner Furber, expecting
-a stormy interview, but found himself mistaken. The Commissioner
-was cold and severely official in manner, though, as the visitor was
-quick to note, there was none of that personal hostility which had
-marked their former meetings.
-
-"I sent for you at the request of the Commission," Mr Furber
-said. "This is not a departmental matter, or, rather, they will
-not have it treated as one. Therefore, I can say nothing about it
-yet. Possibly, they may call you before them, or they may communicate
-with you by letter at your hotel."
-
-Basil got up to take his leave, but, as he reached the door, the
-Commissioner called him back. "Captain Hayle," he said a little
-haltingly. "We have not agreed too well in the past; and I will admit
-that in some things I have been wrong, or unjust. But this is not
-my doing. I, also, have met Felizardo, and--and I understand why you
-went to San Polycarpio that night."
-
-In the end, they did not summon Basil before the Commission, for
-what seemed to them a good and sufficient reason. Clancy of the Star
-had cabled the story of the funeral at San Polycarpio to a certain
-great newspaper in New York, and the editor of that paper had decided
-forthwith to make Captain Hayle the hero of the hour. Consequently,
-as even Commissioner Gumpertz had to acknowledge, it would have been
-a most injudicious thing to take any steps against the Constabulary
-officer; in fact, before the matter had come up again for discussion,
-there had arrived peremptory cables from Washington ordering them to
-leave Basil Hayle alone, not because Washington admired the conduct
-of the latter, but because, as ever, Washington's main consideration
-was the question of the votes it might lose at the next election.
-
-Still, Basil was not allowed to go scot-free. The Governor-General and
-Commissioner Gumpertz saw to that; the former because he was galled
-at the interference from Washington; the latter because it was Captain
-Hayle who had rescued Mr Joseph Gobbitt, and so allowed possible buyers
-to know that there were head-hunters living on that most desirable
-tract of hemp land to the north of Felizardo's mountains. Had Mr
-Gobbitt's head been permitted to hang from the ridge pole of a shack,
-beside that of Albert Dunk, no one in Manila would have known his
-fate, and the succession of would-be purchasers, willing to deposit
-five or six thousand dollars each, might have remained unbroken,
-greatly to the profit both of himself and of the head-hunters.
-
-The result of the feeling against Basil was that he could not obtain
-permission to return to his post. Day after day went by, and still he
-was detained on futile excuses, until he began to realise that they did
-not intend him to go back to duty at Calocan. Moreover, there had been
-no further word out of Igut, either from Mrs Bush or from Don Juan,
-and the silence was driving him mad. At last, in sheer despair, he
-called on Commissioner Furber. That official looked at him curiously.
-
-"You don't know why they dropped all idea of open proceedings against
-you?" he asked. "Well, it is because they have made a hero of you in
-the States," and the flicker of a smile crossed his face. "It wouldn't
-have been wise, you see. As regards the future, I may as well tell
-you plainly. You are a marked man, and your chances in the Service
-are nil. I have done what I can for you, because I believe I owe you
-some reparation; but I must not strain things too far; in the end,
-that would benefit neither of us. I may tell you that if you remain in
-the Service you will be sent to one of the outlying islands, and that,
-I believe"--he spoke meaningfully--"would not suit you. Moreover,
-one is apt to meet with accidents in those places, as perhaps one of
-my colleagues, Mr Gumpertz, could tell you. Speaking unofficially--in
-fact you must regard all this as unofficial--I should advise you to
-resign. It would be wiser--and safer."
-
-Basil drummed on the table with his fingers. At last, "Yes," he said
-slowly, "I think you are right. Can I do it now? I suppose it will
-be to you that I hand my resignation?"
-
-So Captain Hayle resigned, and his resignation was accepted
-immediately, and then he went back with his successor to hand over
-the Government property in his charge, and to bid farewell to his
-plucky little men, who had fought under him on Felizardo's mountain,
-followed him in the forced march over the pass, carried out the great
-killing in the plaza at Igut, and stood firm when the mob at Calocan
-threatened to rescue Juan Vagas from the gallows. He had to do those
-two things, and after doing them he would be a free man again, free
-to go to Igut if he wished, or rather if he thought it wise so to do,
-for his wish was always to be there.
-
-It was not an easy thing to say good-bye to his men, after all. Like
-so many of their kind, they had come to regard themselves as being in
-his personal service; the State was a thing of which they knew nothing,
-towards which they felt no kind of loyalty; consequently, his departure
-filled them with absolute consternation; and though his successor was
-as lax and easy-going as the most tired Filipino could wish an officer
-to be, half his company was missing before the end of a fortnight,
-greatly to his disgust. But when he reported the fact to Commissioner
-Furber, the latter took it very quietly. "They were Hayle's men,"
-he said. "And, from the first, I was doubtful whether they would
-stay with any one else. He was a man of rather an uncommon type;"
-then, as if thinking he had said too much, he went on curtly. "Let
-them go. Don't worry to fetch them back, so long as they've taken no
-carbines. I will send you some recruits to take their places."
-
-Basil Hayle did not actually break down after he had bidden farewell
-to his men, but he went so near to it that he would not trust himself
-to accept his successor's offer, and stay the night in the barracks.
-
-"No," he said. "I've got through with it now, and it will only reopen
-the sore if I stay here. I will go across to Father Doyle's."
-
-The new officer, who had never got down to crude things, such as the
-fight on Felizardo's mountain, or the march over the pass, looked at
-him in astonishment.
-
-"I should have thought you would have been glad enough to be
-clear of the outfit. I know if I could afford to resign I should go
-to-morrow. There's not much pleasure or glory in commanding a company
-of savages, who will probably bolt at the first shot and leave you
-to be boloed."
-
-Basil shrugged his shoulders, and then crossed the plaza to Father
-Doyle's house, where he took off his uniform for the last time,
-presently coming down in civilian clothes.
-
-"It's over now," he said briefly, as he selected a cigar from his
-host's box.
-
-Father Doyle nodded. "When I first met you I knew it must come to
-this before long. There was never room for you in the Service. What
-are you going to do now?"
-
-Basil stared out across the bay towards Felizardo's mountains. "I
-am not quite sure yet," he answered slowly. "But I think--I think I
-shall go to Igut first."
-
-The priest had been expecting that answer, and had given much thought
-to the question of how Basil's going was to be prevented. He had
-conceived several good schemes for delaying him; but now that it
-had come to the point, none of them seemed likely to be of the
-slightest avail. It was not an easy matter in which to interfere,
-especially as Basil, though perhaps his closest friend, was not one
-of his flock. So finally he said nothing about it, trusting that by
-the morning something might occur to make his intervention possible.
-
-"I should like to see Felizardo again," Basil went on: "It is curious
-how he and I have come into one another's lives," and then, suddenly,
-he began to tell the other man the whole story, beginning with the
-fight on the slope of the volcano, when he surprised the outpost and
-captured Felizardo's daughter, and carrying it down to the time when
-Father Doyle himself came into it; only, he omitted all mention of
-Mrs Bush, though he did not gloss over the ways of Bush himself;
-and both what he left out, and what he said, made the priest more
-than ever anxious to stop him from going to Igut.
-
-The sun was just setting when he finished, and a dozen or so tao
-passed the house on their way up from the beach; then, following them,
-came two strange natives, one of whom was carrying a heavy basket. A
-moment later, "They are coming here. They look as if they wanted you,
-Hayle," the priest said.
-
-They came on to the veranda of the house, took off their hats, then the
-elder of them presented a letter to Basil. "From the Senor Felizardo,"
-he said.
-
-Basil opened it, wondering; then, as he read, the wonder changed to
-utter astonishment, for it ran:--
-
-
- "The Senor Felizardo sends his compliments to the Captain of
- the Constabulary, who, as he hears, will no longer be his foe
- in the field, but can now be his friend in all things. That is
- good. But he hears with grief that the Captain will be leaving
- the Islands; and that is bad. Therefore, Felizardo hastens to
- pay his debts. Once, many months ago, the Captain returned to
- him his daughter, whom, next to his wife, he loved best of all
- things in this world; and Felizardo promised then to repay the
- good deed. Now he sends, in this basket, the thing the Captain
- most desires to have."
-
-
-Captain Hayle handed the note to the priest, then he turned to the
-messengers. "Open the basket," he said.
-
-But they shook their heads. "Not here on the balcony, where the tao
-can see. It should be taken inside the house, Senor."
-
-They set it on a table, and then they withdrew, whilst Basil was
-undoing the cords, which held down the lid. First he came on a layer
-of leaves, which he threw on the floor, then he raised a white linen
-cloth, and sprang back with a cry of horror; for there, livid and
-ghastly, was the head of John Bush, late of the Philippine Scouts. A
-few minutes later, when he went to look for the messengers, they were
-gone, although he could see a canoe with two men in it being paddled
-in leisurely fashion across the bay.
-
-Basil took the ghastly trophy to an outhouse, thinking as he went,
-"The head-hunters would treasure this," for there was not a spark of
-pity in his mind, even though he had yet to hear of those two blows
-which Mrs Bush had received on the mouth; then he went back to the
-veranda where Father Doyle was waiting.
-
-"It served him right," he said curtly; and, after a pause, he added:
-"I was going to kill him myself. Felizardo says the only law that
-counts is the Law of the Bolo, and he is right."
-
-Father Doyle did not reply, having no answer ready, and knowing,
-in his own heart, that what had happened was for the best.
-
-"I must go to Igut," Basil spoke suddenly; and now the priest nodded
-in approval.
-
-"Yes, you should go first thing in the morning. She will need you."
-
-But that was not Basil's meaning. "I shall go to-night," he said. "And
-if the tao will not take me across in a canoe some of my men--some
-of my old company, I mean--will do it."
-
-The tao refused, fearing the dark, and not loving him on account of
-the hanging of Juan Vagas; but when, after obtaining the permission
-of his successor, he asked for four men to paddle and one to steer,
-every member of the company stepped forward to volunteer. He selected
-the old serjeant, and four of those who had been with him on the
-mountain-side when Felizardo's bolomen killed three quarters of his
-force; and they started out through the night to paddle to Igut.
-
-After a while, he turned to the serjeant, who was steering. "The
-Captain of the Scouts at Igut has been killed," he said.
-
-The serjeant nodded. "I know, Senor. I heard the news an hour ago. I
-was expecting it," he added calmly.
-
-Basil looked at him in astonishment. "You were expecting it? Why?"
-
-The little man smiled meaningfully. "Just after they buried the wife of
-Felizardo, over there in San Polycarpio, Captain Bush struck his wife
-twice on the mouth. They were on the balcony, and down in the plaza,
-sitting in the shadow of the belfry, were three of Felizardo's men,
-who saw it all. Hearing that, and knowing how Felizardo had loved his
-own wife, Dolores--did he not take to the hills for her sake?--I knew
-that Captain Bush must die by the bolo."
-
-Basil clenched his hands. So he had struck her, in the sight of
-natives, too! And she had never given him a hint of it, nor had Don
-Juan Ramirez. Then, very reverently, he thanked God that he had not
-known; for, had he heard of it before, he would assuredly have shot
-Captain Bush like a dog; and that, as he realised now, would have
-made matters infinitely worse.
-
-The night seemed very beautiful as they paddled across the bay. Just
-before they came to the entrance of Igut harbour, the moon rose from
-behind Felizardo's mountains, and Basil found himself wondering how
-he could ever have regarded the range as a place of horror and death,
-in which you set foot at the risk of your life. Surely all that must
-have been an evil dream.
-
-Igut was asleep when he landed there, and no light was showing in
-Mrs Bush's house; but old Don Juan was still sitting up. "I thought
-you might come," the Spaniard said. "Two men, who landed a couple of
-hours ago, said they had seen you, and you had heard the news."
-
-But Basil wanted to hear one thing first. "How is she?" he demanded.
-
-"They say she is better now, although the shock was great. It was
-I who had to break the news to her.... They killed him down at the
-lower end of the town, outside the mestizo's house. We suppose it
-was the head-hunters, for we never found the head."
-
-"I have the head, at Calocan," Basil said and told him of Felizardo's
-letter.
-
-Before they went to bed that night, they had arranged the
-matter. Amongst white men, Basil and Father Doyle and Don Juan Ramirez
-alone knew the truth, and there was no reason why any one else, save
-perhaps Mrs Bush, need know. So, officially, Captain Bush met his
-end at the hands of a stray party of head-hunters whilst going his
-rounds; and they granted a pension to the widow, which, afterwards,
-she refused to take.
-
-Mrs Bush rose with a cry of glad surprise when they told her
-Basil was downstairs; and she hurried into the room with hands
-outstretched. "Oh! I was praying you would come when you heard of it,"
-she said. "I should have gone mad with no one to speak to."
-
-He bent down and kissed her hands. "My Lady," he said.
-
-And then they understood one another at last, because the bar to
-their understanding, that which would have made it a sin before,
-had been removed, in accordance with the Law of the Bolo.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-HOW FELIZARDO MADE PEACE
-
-
-It was six months after Mrs Bush had become Mrs Basil Hayle that a
-new Governor-General arrived in Manila. Much had happened since the
-day when the High Gods at Washington had ordered the Commission not
-to prosecute Captain Hayle for the part he had taken in the funeral
-at San Polycarpio. There had been scandals and rumours of scandals,
-especially in connection with that contract for a road to the hills
-which had been granted to the nominees of Commissioners Gumpertz and
-Johnson; and though no less than three editors had been sentenced to
-long terms of imprisonment, apparently for having discovered the truth,
-the stories had quickly found their way to the United States, where
-it is not so easy to arrange for the sentence on a journalist before
-you even issue the warrant for his arrest. Moreover, not only was the
-annual deficit in the revenue increasing, but fresh insurrections
-had broken out in two of the southern islands, whilst the sedition
-amongst the mestizos in Manila was now apparent to all men.
-
-As a consequence, Washington came to the conclusion that a change was
-imperative, unless votes were to be lost in the States at the next
-election; so the old Governor-General went home, rich in dollars
-if not in honour; and a new Governor-General, who thought little of
-dollars and much of honour, came out to take his place, greatly to the
-satisfaction of the non-official white population, and greatly to the
-grief of Commissioner Gumpertz, who had not yet succeeded in selling
-that hemp land on the northern side of Felizardo's mountains. In fact,
-so deeply was he pained, so apprehensive of the way in which true
-patriots would be treated under the new régime, that he sent a very
-strong remonstrance to the Party managers, who, sympathising with him,
-found him a post as one of the auditors of the National Finance,
-an appointment for which his gifts and previous training rendered
-him admirably suited.
-
-Chief Collector Sharler also left the Custom House at the same time,
-having come into a large property from his father. Incidentally, he
-obtained a divorce from his mestiza wife, not because he had changed
-his opinions on the subject of Racial Equality, but because he had
-changed his opinion concerning her, and did not want to take her
-and her relations back with him to the United States. Mrs Sharler
-herself acquiesced in the arrangement readily, having another
-husband in view, so all was for the best. Unlike his predecessor,
-the new Chief-Collector had no theories or obsessions; only, he had
-a predilection in favour of men of his own colour; consequently, all
-the mestizo assistant collectors retired into private life and became
-converts to the insurrecto policy; whilst, as was but right, the spoils
-of office went to certain faithful, if somewhat obscure, persons,
-who had served the party well in the States. Yet, though such a great
-clearance was made, the importers remained dissatisfied, and that ugly
-word "graft" continued to be amongst those most frequently on their
-lips--which goes to show that some people are confirmed grumblers.
-
-Commissioner Furber, on the other hand, retained his office rather
-to the regret of the new Governor-General, who did not like him
-personally; but, though the Commissioner was fully aware of this
-feeling, the fact did not weigh with him in the least degree. There
-were certain things he had determined to do before he quitted office;
-and, with the obstinacy of a narrow-minded man, he did not intend to
-be turned from his purpose.
-
-One of these things was the settlement of the Felizardo question. If
-any one else had proved, or attempted to prove, to him that his
-first policy had been wrong, Mr Furber would probably have set
-his face and continued on the same lines, or would have declined
-to have anything more to do with the matter. As it was, however,
-it was he himself who had made the discovery of his own mistakes,
-and he was sincerely anxious to set these right; consequently,
-as soon as the new Governor-General had settled down to his work,
-Commissioner Furber laid the whole question before him.
-
-"We have had no fighting now for nearly a year," he said, "and I
-see no reason why there should be any more. We wasted a great deal
-of money and a good many lives over it, without injuring Felizardo
-in the least--in fact he gained both recruits and rifles--and I am
-anxious it should not happen again."
-
-The Governor-General looked at him keenly. "I have been going into
-the matter, and I find that it was you yourself who advised these
-expeditions."
-
-If he expected excuses from the Commissioner, he was mistaken in his
-man. "That is so," Mr Furber answered curtly. "It was my doing. I
-was entirely wrong in my policy."
-
-The other man regarded him with a degree of respect he had never shown
-before. "I see. And what do you propose to do now? What do you wish
-me to do?"
-
-"I want to make a formal peace with Felizardo. He is an old man,
-and he is averse to any further trouble. If we arrange matters now,
-during his lifetime, the band will break up in the natural course of
-events, as soon as its military character has gone; but so long as
-we let the present state of affairs continue, keeping them always on
-the defensive, they must be a danger."
-
-"Who would go out to the mountains and treat with these people?" the
-Governor-General asked.
-
-The answer came promptly. "I would, if necessary."
-
-The Governor shook his head. "It would be dangerous," he said.
-
-The Commissioner flushed. "I am not afraid," he answered coldly.
-
-The other hastened to explain. "I was thinking of the possibility
-of his holding you as a hostage, and demanding all sorts of
-concessions. No, Commissioner," he spoke decisively, "I will not
-consent to that, though I appreciate your offer. Is there any one
-else you can suggest?"
-
-"There is Captain Hayle. He knows Felizardo well, and would go
-willingly. We can trust to his discretion." Mr Furber's opinion of
-Basil had changed considerably.
-
-"Where is he?" the Governor asked. "In the States?" He looked
-dubious. "That means a great deal of expense. Would no one else do?"
-
-"It would be cheaper than another expedition," the Commissioner
-retorted.
-
-And so, that very day, the Philippine Commission sent a long cable
-to the ex-officer of Constabulary whom it had once forced to resign
-his commission because he had gone to the funeral of Dolores, the
-wife of Felizardo, asking him to return and arrange terms of peace
-with the outlaws in the mountains.
-
-As soon as Basil had read the cable he went in search of his
-wife. "Shall I go, dearest?" he asked.
-
-She smiled as she saw the eager look on his face. "'Shall we go?' you
-mean. Of course. I think we owe something to Felizardo."
-
-The next mail steamer took them to Manila, where Basil had a long
-interview with the Governor-General and Commissioner Furber; and then
-he and his wife went by launch to Katubig, avoiding Igut because of
-its evil memories.
-
-They found Katubig rebuilt, and found also the same old Teniente who
-had once sent the Constabulary off on a futile errand. Now, however,
-he received Basil as if no such event had ever occurred; and when he
-heard of what the business in hand was, he promised to send word to
-the old chief, with the result that, on the second morning, Felizardo
-himself came in.
-
-"I am glad," the outlaw said. "There have been many letters between
-the Commissioner and myself; but I said always that it must be you
-who came to arrange matters, because of the respect there is between
-us. So he promised," which was news to Basil, and would have been
-news to the Governor-General.
-
-It did not take them long to come to terms, each side being ready for
-a lasting peace. Practically, it came to a general amnesty for the
-whole band, and an undertaking on both sides to cease from all acts
-of hostility, though, as Felizardo said concerning the latter clause,
-"I could fight no more now, because, once the whole country is open
-to them, all my young men will go. It is dull work on the mountains
-to-day, with no fighting, no outpost duty; and there are few young
-women amongst us. There will remain only the old men, who, like myself,
-are waiting for death."
-
-They offered to give him the title of Governor of the mountains, but
-he shook his head. "What difference would it make? I shall be the Chief
-still until I die. Then they can make a Governor if they wish it."
-
-On the question of laws, he would not give way, as Basil had
-foreseen. "No," he said. "The Law of the Bolo has served here for
-many years; and that, too, can remain in force till I die. After all,
-what do we, old men, want with laws?"
-
-So they signed the treaty, which, unlike most of its kind, was destined
-to be kept; and then it came to a question of bidding farewell,
-which, for Basil at least, was very hard--harder even than when he
-had parted from his men at Calocan, for he knew he would never see
-Felizardo again. They shook hands in silence, with the grip of strong
-men, and Felizardo kissed the hand of Mrs Hayle. Then he turned once
-again to Basil, saying:
-
-"May she always be as dear to you, Senor, as Dolores Lasara, for
-whose sake I took to the hills, and whom I hope to rejoin very soon,
-was to me." And after that they saw Felizardo no more.
-
-
-
- THE END.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's The Law of the Bolo, by Stanley Portal Hyatt
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LAW OF THE BOLO ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55526-8.txt or 55526-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/5/2/55526/
-
-Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
-Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously
-made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-